........Title..........................Short Description...............Complete Proposal
<table><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>3 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='3'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >HIV Aids proposals </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >  </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >HIV AIDS PROPOSAL SUMMARY

ICA
ICA is intensifying its response to the HIV/AIDS crisis .  Activities include providing immediate support, resources and funding in order to update, expand and extend HIV/AIDS programming

With successful programs already launched in six countries, ICA groups, supported by partners are already helping many individuals and communities come to grips with the HIV/AIDS pandemic.  However, the need to find systemic, comprehensive, sustainable approaches far outweighs the capacity of local groups to respond so help from all sources is desperately needed.   

ICA is a registered charity that works in partnership with individuals and organizations to help build communities that promote a sustainable and just society. 

ICA’s philosophy, which is to maximise the participation of people in the process of taking responsibility for their own lives and for society as a whole, is manifested through its community-based approach to planning which identifies and addresses issues that most affect community members.  For over forty years, ICA has effectively helped people help themselves.  Starting at the grassroots level, issues are identified by community members through proven participative processes after which the community becomes actively engaged in formulating responses to these issues.  Facilitated programs are developed to focus on specific areas and help to ensure sustainable success.

Careful analyses of needs and capabilities were conducted through on-site discussions, meetings, interviews and research, culminating in a development plan and budget to support the work. 
To date, ICA has secured over 300,000 in funding from the corporate and private sectors since the 2006 launch of the project.  Those funds have already begun to flow to local ICA groups and planned program development work is underway. 

Our total funding goal for this initiative over a three-year period is approximately 2.8 million. the project is a call to people everywhere to join together in a collective, all-out, comprehensive, coordinated and systemic response to the worst plague in human history – one that can and must be stopped in this generation.  
Funding & Support
This proposal outlines the three-year funding requirements needed to update, expand and extend HIV/AIDS programming in six countries.  
All six operations are directed and managed by citizens of these countries.   

ICA is committed to support the first 12 months of HIV/AIDS programming 
In the subsequent two 12-month periods, ICA will increase its funding targets to 672,000 and then 1,784,000. 

In addition to helping raise the required funds, and in collaboration with other organizations ICA will plan and deliver programs in their communities. Further work will involve developing the required networks, infrastructure and resource capacity to systemically address the HIV/AIDS crisis as it manifests in each community.  

Our Request
ICA is requesting 50,000 per year for the next three years in support of this initiative to assist and support people in their resolve to fight the HIV/AIDS pandemic. Quarterly reports of program development and effectiveness will be provided. 

A detailed proposal is available that describes the work. That proposal is available.

Information about ICA


Currently Confirmed Funding:
FUNDING SOURCE	SUPPORT FOR YEAR(S) 	AMOUNT 	TOTAL
CORPORATE:
   FUNDER 1	
2005	
44, 600/YEAR	
133, 800
PRIVATE:
   FUNDER 2	
2006, 2007, 2008	
44, 600/YEAR	
133, 800
CAMPAIGN ACTIVITIES:
  
	
2006	
35, 680	
35, 680
		TOTAL:	303, 280
 
 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>10 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='10'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Community Education, Empowerment and Development for the orphans and vulnerable girl children </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >The project will benefit 500 orphaned and vulnerable girls, 200 traditional and church leaders and 500 other community members, through awareness campaigns on children’s rights, the dangers and risks associated with harmful religious and cultural practices that promote child sexual abuse in the wake of HIV and AIDS. Of the 500 orphaned and vulnerable girls, 100 girls will be reinstated and provided with school fees, uniforms, stationary and sanitary ware, while 75 girls will go through a rehabilitation programme in the Girls Empowerment Villages, before they are reintegrated with their families </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Project Proposal

On
Community Education, Empowerment and Development for the orphans and vulnerable girl children 


List of Abbreviations
BEAM            Basic Education Assistance Module 
CMCs             Child Monitoring Committees
THE NETWORK                 The Network  
GEV                Girls Empowerment Villages
MoPSLSW      Ministry of Public Service, Labour and Social Welfare
OVC                Orphans and Vulnerable Children 
PASS               Poverty Assessment Study Survey
PVO                Private Voluntary Organisation
UDAC	Union for the Development of Apostolic Churches
NATHA 	National Traditional Healers Association
 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Executive Summary………………………………………………………………..4 

1.	Introduction ……………………………………………………………………5
1.1	Organisational background…….……………………………………..6
            1.2 Project Background…………………………………………………....11					
2.	Project Description……………………………………………………………	12
             2.1 Project Location and Target Beneficiaries………………………….	12
             2.2 Statement of the Problem…………………………………………….14
             2.3 Justification of the Project……………………………………………15
             2.4 Project Goal, Strategy, Objectives and Activities.………………..	16	
             
3.	Project Management …………………………………………………………	20
              3.1 Project Activity Plan…………………………………………………20
              3.2 Project Implementation Management……………………………	22
              3.3 Financial Management	……………………………………………	22
              3.4 Project Sustainability ……………………………………………….	23
              3.5 Monitoring and Evaluation …………………………………………23
              3.6 Project Reporting…………………………………………………….	24
4.	THE NETWORK   Funding Partners……………………………………………………….25
5.	Project Budget…………………………………………………………………	27
6.	Bank Details……………………………………………………………………	27
 

 



Executive Summary 

The plight of orphans and vulnerable children, especially that of girls, is one that calls for concerted efforts.  The Network   has always been part of the coordinated efforts geared towards ameliorating the plight of orphans and vulnerable children (OVC). This proposal is part of the organisation’s efforts to respond to the predicament of orphaned and vulnerable girls in the light of the unfortunate incidence of child sexual abuse and its intrinsic links with HIV/AIDS and poverty.

It is against this background that THE NETWORK   through this proposal aims “To facilitate the protection, empowerment and alleviation of suffering of orphaned and vulnerable girls in one rural district and one high-density suburb of The Country  . In pursuit of this goal,
THE NETWORK   proposes to undertake the following activities
•	THE NETWORK   proposes to undertake awareness campaigns and workshops in the targeted communities on the negative impacts of some religious and cultural practices that are a negation of girls’ development and empowerment, and that promote child sexual abuse in the wake of HIV and AIDS. 
•	It also proposes to capacitate communities through establishing community Child Monitoring Committees (CMCs) that will assist OVC in monitoring and reporting child abuse. 
•	Having realised the increased vulnerability that comes with girls being out of school, the organisation proposes to reinstate and retain them within the school system through provision of educational and non-educational support. 
•	THE NETWORK   further proposes to put measures in place to ensure effective management of the reported cases and reintegration of survivors through foster parenting, case follow-ups and home visits, and provision of basic needs to the rehabilitated girls.
•	It will further provide temporary shelter and other rehabilitation services to deserving cases through the Girls Empowerment Villages.

THE NETWORK   will implement and manage the proposed activities through its existing structures and programmes as follows; 
•	Girls Empowerment Villages will be responsible for activities at village level. 
•	The Target Beneficiary Protection and Emergency unit will be responsible for all rehabilitation activities. 
•	Community Development and Empowerment will be in charge of all community-based programs, and 
•	The Girls Empowerment Clubs will undertake girl’s club activities. 

The Finance and Administration Manager will be in charge of finances and all other administrative issues in terms of providing resources and support to programmes. The Director oversees all project activities.

The project will benefit 500 orphaned and vulnerable girls, 200 traditional and church leaders and 500 other community members, through awareness campaigns on children’s rights, the dangers and risks associated with harmful religious and cultural practices that promote child sexual abuse in the wake of HIV and AIDS. Of the 500 orphaned and vulnerable girls, 100 girls will be reinstated and provided with school fees, uniforms, stationary and sanitary ware, while 75 girls will go through a rehabilitation programme in the Girls Empowerment Villages, before they are reintegrated with their families

To effectively undertake the proposed activities THE NETWORK   is requesting EURO 60 450.00

1 Introduction 

In this proposal The Network   provides a contextual background to the proposal under the Introduction, before covering the Project Description, Project Management and Project Budget. 

Organisation and Project Background: The organisational background section will discuss the environmental context in which the project is being formulated. It will briefly trace The Network   development and its current position in the sector. It will cover such issues as its history, vision, mission, objectives and thematic issues.

Project description: Project description will highlight the project location and justify its identification. It will also describe the project target group. In this regard it will expose the problems that the project seeks to address and also justify the need to undertake the proposed activities. Furthermore, project description will articulate the project goal, strategies, objectives and the activities that will be undertaken to achieve the project objectives.

Project management: The project management section will unpack the project implementation framework in terms of the project activity plan, project implementation and management, project sustainability, monitoring and evaluation framework and the project reporting system.

Project Budget: The project budget translates the project activities into the required financial resources.
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                        
1.1	Organisational Background

The Network   (THE NETWORK  ) was established as a girls’ club at The Neighbourhood  1 High School in The Community  where the current Director would hold informal discussions on issues affecting girls at school, home and the community.  What came out of the discussions was the grim reality of the challenges that the girl child faces in pursuit of her growth and development goals. These, among others, include the deprivation and insecurity the girl child has to grapple with from birth to womanhood. 

The Network   was formally established on 20 March 1999 and was originally registered as a Trust with a specific mandate to be a voice of the voiceless young girls aged 0-16 years.  It set out, not only to speak on their behalf, but also to empower the girls and together with the organization, act in the face of violation of their rights. In pursuit of its objectives, THE NETWORK   defines eempowerment as the process of providing, facilitating and instilling the means of addressing issues which impede the full growth and development of the girl child in all spheres of home, school and community. Consequently, an empowered girl is one who:
•	Stands on her own with the confidence to tackle life's challenges in the various spheres of life
•	Critically analyzes the status quo and to make recommendations for necessary amendments
•	Puts across her views on issues that marginalize the girl child.
•	Strives to reach her potential and is assertive
•	Consistently and unwaveringly guards jealously her rights, space and self-esteem.
•	Demonstrates positive behavior change

 In 2004, the The Network   was registered as a Private Voluntary Organisation (PVO) (9/2004)

The organisation has transformed itself from just a grassroots organization with no visible structure, into a professionally run organization. THE NETWORK   activities are coordinated through its Headquarters in The Community  and three Girls Empowerment Villages strategically positioned in Hwange, Rusape and Chihota.  
Since its inception, THE NETWORK   has received funding from fifteen funding partners (one major grant and fourteen small grants) and has maintained a good track record that has seen it keeping a close and long term relationship with the funding partners, while at the same time courting others. All of THE NETWORK  ’s major funding partners since 2000 have committed themselves to fund THE NETWORK   until 2006 with high prospects of renewal of the agreements.

Currently, THE NETWORK   has a membership of 20 000 girls and 350 clubs affiliated to it. THE NETWORK   now covers seven provinces of The Country   and 21 “areas” which make up 32 out of 58 of The Country  ’s districts.  70 % of THE NETWORK   work is in the rural areas, 10 % in the high densely populated suburbs like The Community  and Highfield, 10 % is shared between farming and mining areas, whilst the other 10 % is in the low density suburbs.  Arguably with daily coverage by both private and public media THE NETWORK   work has hit every corner of The Country  . 

THE NETWORK   has recorded a number of achievements to date. As indicated above, it operates 350 clubs in schools and communities. It has three administrative centres comprising offices and safe houses now renamed Girls Empowerment Centres in 3 communities. Two of the three Empowerment Villages are almost fully equipped and operational with a vehicle, office, furniture, computers, photocopiers etc that have greatly assisted in programmes being implemented more efficiently and effectively. THE NETWORK   has some clubs and referral centres in five communities etc where there are no other development organisations specifically targeting the girl child. THE NETWORK   has proved to be a key player in the fight against child sexual abuse; having attended to 20 000 cases of child sexual abuse since 1998.

A three-year Girl Child Empowerment strategy with programs, indicators of empowerment and expected results was successfully implemented (2003 – 2005). THE NETWORK   has also led to formation of many girls initiatives by UNICEF, and other groups.

THE NETWORK enjoys worldwide acclaim with awards and prizes on innovative and best preventative strategies in child abuse. Notable amongst these is the Prize awarded to Betty Makoni for best innovative and preventative strategies against child abuse, awarded by the Women World Summit Foundation of Switzerland.  This award is celebrated annually worldwide and this has earned THE NETWORK Global honor as advocate for girls’ rights, leading to many organisations in The Country replicating the girl child empowerment model. For instance, its model is being replicated in the The Country National Plan of Action for Orphans and other Vulnerable Children being run by Government and UNICEF. The coordinator of the Plan of Action is a former intern of THE NETWORK  .



Vision: THE NETWORK  ’s vision is one of a  “society where girls enjoy their economic, social and political rights and develop their full potential as women.” 

Mission: THE NETWORK  ’s mission is “We are an organization that supports the empowerment of the girl child in all spheres of home, school and community “

Goal: THE NETWORK  ’s goal is “the holistic and total empowerment of the girl child as well as the eradication of all forms of abuse and practices that in part or in whole, directly or indirectly impede the full physical, emotional and spiritual or otherwise the growth and development of the girl child.”

Objectives: In pursuit of these higher-level objectives, THE NETWORK   strives to deliver the following specific objectives
•	To engage all stakeholders including communities, schools, governments and policymakers in advocacy and lobbying for eradication of practices, which impede the girl child’s full physical, emotional, spiritual growth and development.
•	To register attitude change in the communities in their perception of the girl child.
•	To economically, socially, culturally empower the girl child for her to assert her rights and resist various forms and manifestations of abuse as well as helping her realize her potential in life.
•	To disseminate information on the girls’ rights to HIV treatment and education and psychosocial support as a result of sexual abuse.
•	To promote the reproductive health of girls through advocating for the provision and improved access to reproductive health facilities.

THE NETWORK   operates in seven principal thematic areas as follows;

o	Gender equality and equity
o	Gender Based Violence
o	Education
o	Human Rights
o	Poverty Alleviation
o	HIV and AIDS 
o	Livelihoods



THE NETWORK   ensures the achievements of its objectives through the following programmes;  

•	Girls Empowerment Clubs: To realise empowerment of girls the programme, amongst other activities, trains girls, club coordinators and area coordinators on girls club formation and management. It also organises girls arts festivals, career guidance fairs and public speaking galas to enable girls to showcase level of empowerment and advocate for their rights 

•	Advocacy and Lobby: This programme aims at llobbying government, donors, communities to work towards eliminating harmful, legal and cultural practices through the adoption and implementation of child and gender sensitive policies. In this connection, THE NETWORK   also conducts community legal sensitisation and awareness programmes on laws and policies that protect woman and children. 

•	Information Documentation and Dissemination: The program seeks to document and disseminate all empowerment activities carried out by THE NETWORK   in all areas of operation and produce regular news bulletins for girls and other stakeholders from all areas of operation

•	Target Beneficiary Protection and Emergency Program (TBPEP): This programme delivers the organisation’s humanitarian assistance to the target girls. Program components include:
 
1)	Victim Support and Protection Unit
 
•	24 hours emergency service to girls at risk who want to open up on abuse after awareness campaigns in communities or through other programs 
•	Strong referral system for legal aid, shelter counseling and relocation of rape survivors to safe shelters within five working days.
•	One week self empowerment courses to victims of sexual, physical, emotional and economic abuse as follow up rehabilitation Plan of Action
•	Rescue operations for potential victims of any form of abuse and escorts to police, Social Welfare Department and other children and women’s service delivery organizations.

2)	Scholarship and Reinstatement into school 

•	Provision of school fees to poor, orphaned, neglected and economically marginalised girls aged between six and sixteen so that they remain in school. 
•	Provision of books, uniforms and stationery to economically disadvantaged girls


3)	Humanitarian assistance 

•	Food, Sanitary ware, panties, soap, medication and basic needs are channeled to girl child headed families and orphaned girls as they come.

4) Women as Role Models Scholarship Program

•	Involve women who have made it to the top sponsoring the education of economically disadvantaged girls.

•	Community Development and Empowerment on the girl child: This programme has helped in facilitating community capacity building through training and establishment of local structures, in order for communities to own and be able to sustain programs on their own. Structures fostered within the communities are and will always be conduits for future programming in a way that sustains results. 

•	Girls Empowerment Villages: The Empowerment villages were established in response to a felt need to empower rural girls. The villages serve as information dissemination centres as well as a service provision and relief centres for girls. The goal is to rehabilitate abused rural girls. THE NETWORK   believes that the villages’ activism can contribute to respect for girls’ rights on a broader scale.

These programmes are managed by the programmes coordinator, supported by the Resources Mobilization and Project Monitoring and Finance and Administration units, all under the leadership of the Director, who in turn reports to the board. THE NETWORK   has 15 permanent staff members, 369 volunteer club coordinators in schools, 29 full time volunteers at administrative centers and 10 interns.























1.2	 Project Background

The project proposal is premised in the context of an unfavorable socio-economic environment that has thrown the generality of the The Country  an people into socio - economic deprivation. The country has witnessed a combination of successive bad harvests amid recurrent droughts and poor agricultural policies, which have continued to cause food insecurity. The Poverty Datum Line is currently pegged at Z$41million, yet the majority of the country’s population hardly earns that much. Unemployment rate is estimated at 85%. The inflation rate has skyrocketed over the past months from a reported 813% in March to a record high of over 1 000% in May 2006. The The Country   dollar continues to weaken against the major currencies, a situation that has culminated in the acute shortage of foreign currency and consequently, goods and services that require foreign currency such as fuel, drugs, electricity and food commodities.

The AIDS scourge continue to decimate communities with an estimated toll of 3 000 people per week succumbing to the epidemic. The impact of the AIDS pandemic has been an increase in the Orphans and Vulnerable Children prevalence in the country. There is a 30% OVC prevalence in the country with 75% of them being orphans attributed mainly to the pandemic.

In proposing this project, THE NETWORK is operating within the spirit of mainstream international and domestic policies and strategies in the sector of children’s welfare, that are being implemented to respond to the plight of children. These include the United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child, the African Charter on the Rights of the Child, Children’s Act (formerly the Children Protection and Adoption Act), the National Orphan Care Policy, the National AIDS Policy, the National Gender Policy, the Guardianship of Minors Act, the Maintenance Act and others relating to birth, death and marriage registration, legal age of consent and majority, sexual offences and inheritance. 

Other programmes targeting children, especially OVC, include the Basic Education Assistance Module (BEAM), the National Strategy on Children in Difficult Circumstances and recently the National Plan of Action for OVC. The implementation of these policies and strategies falls within the armpit of various government line ministries, including Public Service, Labour and Social Welfare, Home Affairs, Health and Child Welfare, and Gender and Women’s Affairs. THE NETWORK   has developed its own policy, the Safe House Policy that basically tackles issues on handling child abuse cases, the admission of survivors into the Girls Empowerment Villages and the conduct of both the children and the child monitors within the Villages. 

In implementing its policy and programmes THE NETWORK  , collaborates with relevant government ministries and departments. Despite all these well-meaning policies, a lot still needs to be done to ensure that children enjoy their full rights in The Country  .
 
This project has been crafted against this background; characterized by the general socio –economic deprivation of the The Country  an people and the OVC in particular. Ignorance of OVC's rights on the part of both the children themselves and their communities has resulted in the abuse of the children. Abuse includes sexual harassment, which leads to, among other things, sexually transmitted diseases, stigmatisation and withdrawal from school. This scenario forces the OVC into the vicious poverty cycle in that, if one is stigmatised and drops out of school, effectively one cannot become economically active.     
This project aims at ensuring that the OVC are not abused and if they are abused, they are rehabilitated and retained in school. These interventions prepare them to become socially and economically active. The full project details are outlined in the section below. 

2	 Project Description

2.1 Project Location and Target Beneficiaries

The project will be implemented in The Community  in the East Province. In targeting the two areas The Network   considered a number of factors that rendered the areas suitable for being the recipients of the project. The factors considered include among others, the gravity of and evidence of the harmful cultural and religious practices and other dimensions of girl child abuse perpetuated in the areas, the poor socio-economic conditions prevailing in the targeted areas, and also the cost-benefit analysis in terms of programming feasibility.

Community One: Based on a Rapid Assessment undertaken by the organisation’s Community Development and Empowerment Programme in the wake of Operation Restore Order, THE NETWORK   realised the need to consider The Community  as a target project Location.  The rapid appraisal revealed that 3,021 girls were out of school due to the impact of the operation on their guardians’ sources of income. The appraisal also noted that, from the informal sector 26,132 people were affected, rendering most people in the dormitory town not only homeless but also jobless. There were 50 households headed by girl children some of which were being forced into prostitution. 

Through the administration of its needs assessment forms, the organisation has recorded 993 cases of children in desperate need of school fees this year. These are orphans and children whose parents/guardians are chronically ill.  Due to the poverty in the area a number of children are forced to drop out of school and engage in menial jobs in order to fend for their families. In this regard the girl child has been the most affected as many of the people still prioritise boy child education over the girl child.

With the HIV/AIDS pandemic not sparing the area, home based care has been taken over by young girls, hence they are forced to drop out of school to look after ailing relatives. Other contributory factors towards the increasing school drop out rate include death of breadwinners, unemployed guardians and lack of sources of income.

In the community, THE NETWORK   has handled at least 6 cases per day, which include cases of rape, forced marriages of minors and virginity testing.  The organisation has also dealt with a number of cases related to girls running away from the forced marriages and other syndicates that employ girls for purposes of prostitution. As such it has been noted that the idleness, unemployment, poverty, high school dropout rate have culminated in the sexual abuse of vulnerable children especially girls.

Community Two: is characteristic of many rural districts. It relies on subsistence agriculture as the major economic activity for the sustenance of its people’s livelihoods. The absence of other viable and sustainable economic activities exerts undue pressure on the populace to force agricultural activities on land that is not conducive for such. As a result, the people produce on a subsistence level; hence they fail to provide for their other non-food needs.  This has affected the community members’ ability to cater for the educational needs of their children. The 2003 Poverty Assessment Study Survey (PASS) has revealed that the region has a Human Poverty Index (HPI) of 40%.  As regards children’s enrolment in school, financial constraints were cited by 70% of the community as the major impediment to enrolment, while other reasons were that children had to work at home and that schools were too far. 

The organisation has received 195 needs assessment forms from children who are all orphans or have chronically ill guardians who have failed to pay their fees for the past two terms. According to an official in the Ministry of Education, there is a 63% school dropout rate in the district due to non-payment of school fees. It also came out through the PASS that there is a total OVC prevalence of 32.6 %. This is only second to xxx with 33.0%.

There are dominant religious and traditional groups in the area that have preserved patriarchal tendencies that have continued to perpetuate gender discrimination and gender based violence against girls and women.  Such a scenario has resulted in rampant sexual abuse of women and young girls. From the cases of abuse received by the organisation, 75 % of them have been related to forced marriages and virginity testing. These have mainly involved the apostolic sects; while some traditional healers who prescribe virgins as cure for AIDS have also been involved in abuse cases.

In summary, poverty, high school dropout rate and child sexual abuse, rape, forced marriages and child prostitution are prevalent in the two areas.

The project will target girls who are below the age of 16, who have always been the target group of the organisation.  It will also target traditional and religious leaders and their groupings/sects that are on record of perpetuating retrogressive and detrimental cultural practices in The Community. They will be targeted through their associations like UDACI and NATHA.



2.2 Statement of the Problem

As described in the section covering project location and target group, THE NETWORK   has realised that, due to lack of awareness on the part of the children and the communities in the target areas, child abuse in all its dimensions is prevalent. There is child abuse going on in the home, school and the community. Girls and communities are socialized in a way that makes them conform to practices that are antithetical to the empowerment and development of girls. Girls have been at the mercy of child sexual abuse perpetrators and, in most cases, some of the cases have been unreported or have been swept under the societal carpet. When children and communities witness the violation of children’s rights they do not know the channels to follow to seek redress.

The girl child’s plight in the target areas is also characterised by high rate of school dropouts, sexual abuse, continued perpetration of harmful cultural practices like forced marriages of minors to older people and virginity testing. 

THE NETWORK   has also noted the absence of child development activities in the targeted areas. These need to be instituted to promote and facilitate the means and ways through which the girl child can be developed.


2.3 Justification of the Project

The Network   believes that carrying out the project will raise community awareness on the negative impact of the harmful cultural and religious practices, and child sexual abuse; especially in the wake of HIV/AIDS.  THE NETWORK   has handled cases of girls who have fallen prey to;
•	sexual abuse perpetrators in the guise of church sanctioned forced marriages,
•	virginity testing, and
•	unfounded prescriptions by traditional healers that having sex with a virgin cures AIDS. 

Campaigns and workshops will in turn contribute towards reducing cases of abuse against the girl child. 

It has been realised that girls who fall victim to the atrocities are mostly orphaned and vulnerable girls, some of whom end up living outside family environments and in some cases engaging in prostitution to survive, whilst in the process risk contracting life ending diseases. This has been a result of lack of proper community based mechanisms that prevent such a scenario. THE NETWORK   therefore, feels that putting in place community based strategies through setting up Child Monitoring Committees will ameliorate the predicament of orphaned and vulnerable girls in the targeted communities.

Furthermore and related to this, girls who are out of school are more vulnerable to perpetrators of girl child sexual abuse than those in school. With the statistics of school dropouts so appalling, there is need to put measures in place to reinstate and retain the vulnerable young girls in school. It is against this background that The Network   has seen the urgent need to provide for their school fees and other non-educational needs that keep them in school.  

Awareness campaigns aim at raising knowledge levels, with the objective of exposing and dealing with cases of abuse, which scare off potential perpetrators of such acts. Survivors of abuse will be rehabilitated and reintegrated with their families and communities. As such there will be need to ensure that the rehabilitated survivors do not fall into the same circumstances. In this regard THE NETWORK   has found it imperative to undertake case follow-ups and home visits to ascertain the condition of the rehabilitated girls. This will culminate in the complete rehabilitation of survivors and consequently protecting them from further cases of child sexual abuse and HIV/AIDS.

THE NETWORK  ’s empowerment of orphaned and vulnerable girls and their protection from such cases as child sexual abuse, harmful cultural and religious practices and HIV/AIDS will not be complete without the involvement of Girls Empowerment Villages. These have proved to be capable sanctuaries for abused girls.  In this respect THE NETWORK   would want to complete the construction of the outstanding structures so that they can effectively accommodate and rehabilitate the survivors from the project areas. Although they may not be located in the proposed project arrears, survivors identified from project areas will be accommodated at these villages to ensure that they are away from the scenes of their abuse, until the cases have gone through the courts. After 3-6 months the survivors will be reintegrated into their original communities and families. It is on this basis that THE NETWORK   proposes to complete the construction of villages. This will effectively prepare them for reintegration after having their confidence and self-esteem restored.






















2.4	 Project Goal, Objectives and Strategies

2.4.1 Overall Project Goal

To facilitate the protection, empowerment and alleviation of suffering of orphaned and vulnerable girls in one rural district and one high-density suburb of The Country  .

This will be achieved through the implementation of the following strategy


2.4.2 Project Strategy 

In implementing the project The Network   will employ
•	Community Education and Advocacy, and also 
•	OVC Support and Protection 
as the strategies.

Community Education and Advocacy: The Community Education and Advocacy strategy will involve
•	raising awareness among community members and children on harmful traditional and religious practices, and
•	lobbying the groups/sects still practicing them to realise how the practices violate children’s rights and increase children’s vulnerability to child sexual abuse and HIV infection.
This will be done through the awareness campaigns and workshops.

Targeting children only without targeting the perpetrators will leave gaps and room for resistance as the groups/sects will not be conscious of the detriment of their traditional and religious practices. Prior measures to eradicate the harmful practices have tended to focus on children instead of a holistic approach that includes the community stakeholders. 

OVC Support and Protection: OVC Support and Protection strategy involves putting in place measures to;
•	respond to the needs of OVC to reduce their vulnerability and 
•	mitigate the impact of the problems they face such as dropping out of school, child sexual abuse, lack of psychosocial support systems and rehabilitation facilities for survivors of violations of children’s rights.
THE NETWORK   has realised that for effectiveness this will require such measures as provision of school fees, uniforms, stationery, sanitary ware, temporary shelter, management of child abuse cases, and rehabilitation and reintegration of survivors of abuse.

THE NETWORK   will ensure the participation of both children and community members through the Child Monitoring Committees that comprise community leaders, school authorities, law enforcement agents including the courts, social welfare officers and child monitors and girls clubs.


2.4.3 Specific Objectives and activities  

In undertaking the activities as highlighted, the project seeks to achieve the following specific objectives;


 
Objectives	Results/Outputs	Activities 
1.	To raise level of awareness of 500 orphaned and vulnerable girls, 200 traditional and church leaders and 500 other community members on the dangers and risks associated with harmful religious and cultural practices and child sexual abuse in the wake of HIV and AIDS.
	&#61561;	500 OVC sensitized on the their rights and the dangers of detrimental cultural and religious practices, and child sexual abuse.
&#61561;	200 traditional and church leaders sensitized
&#61561;	500 community members sensitized on the dangers of detrimental cultural and religious practices and child sexual abuse 
&#61561;	2 Child Monitoring Committees set up and actively functioning
	&#61561;	Conduct 2 community awareness campaigns against harmful religious and cultural practices in the districts 
&#61561;	Conduct 2 children’s awareness campaigns on their rights and against harmful religious and cultural practices and child abuse in the districts
&#61561;	Conduct 2 workshops targeting traditional and church leaders.
&#61561;	Setting up Child Monitoring Committees
2.	To reinstate and retain into school 100 orphaned and vulnerable girls in 2 districts within a year. 	&#61561;	 100 girls reinstated and provided with school fees, uniforms, stationery and sanitary ware.
&#61561;	20 Psycho social support groups for reinstated girls set up through girls’ clubs in school	&#61561;	Identification and selection of beneficiaries
&#61561;	Provision of school fees, uniforms, stationery and sanitary ware to girls in 2 districts.
&#61561;	Hold termly girls’ club meetings and counseling sessions
3.	To alleviate the suffering of girls at risk and in difficult circumstances through the management of 100 reported cases and effective rehabilitation and reintegration of 75 survivors.  
	&#61561;	100 families counseled on the need to respect the rights of the girl child and to create safer homes for girls
&#61561;	100 girls provided with basic needs to support their full growth and development 
&#61561;	Foster parenting systems created

&#61561;	75 girls at risk and in difficult circumstances escaping violence from the home, school and community in two districts offered temporary shelter 
&#61561;	2 bedrooms constructed at Girls Empowerment Village
&#61561;	1 kitchen constructed at Girls Empowerment Village
&#61561;	100 girls trained in confidence building and life survival skills.

	&#61561;	Compile a list of names of girls to be rehabilitated with families and foster homes
&#61561;	Carry out case reporting, follow up/home visits on sexually abused, orphaned and vulnerable girls reintegrated with families and foster homes to check on their growth and development 
&#61561;	Provide food, medication, temporary shelter, subsistence to girls


&#61561;	Construct 2 girls’ bedrooms at Girls Empowerment Village
&#61561;	Construct kitchen at Girls Empowerment Village
&#61561;	Train girls in Empowerment Villages in confidence building and life survival skills
4.	To strengthen the monitoring and evaluation capacity of THE NETWORK   to improve program performance.	&#61561;	1 laptop purchased
&#61561;	Local Area Networking equipment and accessories installed and functional
&#61561;	3 M & E visits
&#61561;	1 Stakeholders Monitoring and Evaluation Workshop conducted 	&#61561;	Source quotations and purchase equipment


&#61561;	Carry out M &E visits
&#61561;	Conduct a Stakeholders Evaluation Workshop

Attached is a detailed logical framework matrix for further details on the project. 
3. Project Management 

3.1 Project Activity Plan

ACTIVITIES	Months
	
Responsibility
	1   	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	
•	Conduct two OVC awareness campaigns on their rights and against harmful religious and cultural practices and child abuse in the districts		X			X								Programs Coordinator
•	Conduct two workshops targeting traditional and church leaders			X	X									Programs Coordinator
•	Conduct two community awareness campaigns against harmful religious and cultural practices in the districts	X		X										Programs Coordinator
•	Setting up Child Monitoring Committees			X	X									Programs Coordinator
•	Identification and selection of beneficiaries	X												Programs Coordinator
•	Pay school fees and facilitate girls reinstatement into formal school	X				X				X				Programs Coordinator
•	Provision of sanitary ware 			X			X			X			X	Programs Coordinator
•	Hold girls’ club meetings 			X				X			X			Programs Coordinator 
•	Home visits and Case Follow ups	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	Programs Coordinator 
•	Construct 2 girls’ bedrooms at  Girls Empowerment Village			X	X	X	X							Finance and Administration Manager, Programmes Coordinator.
•	Construct kitchen at Girls Empowerment Village				X	X	X	X						Finance and Administration Manager, Programmes Coordinator
•	Provide food, medication, subsistence and temporary shelter.  
	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	X	Centre Manager
•	Confidence building and life survival skills training				X				X			X		Programs Coordinator
•	Acquisition and Installing of M & E equipment	X	X											Finance and Administration Manager
•	M & E visits					X			X			X		Director, M and E Manager
•	Stakeholders Evaluation Workshop											
X		M and E Manager
 



3.2	 Project Implementation Management

THE NETWORK   has the capacity to manage the proposed activities through its existing structures and programmes.  Area Coordinators will be in charge of activities on the ground.  The project activities will be the responsibility of the organisation’s different departments. In this case the involved programs will be;
•	The Target Beneficiary Protection and Emergency responsible for all rehabilitation activities,
•	Community Development and Empowerment in charge of all community based programs and
•	the Girls Empowerment Clubs program taking care of all girls’ club activities.
•	The Finance and Administration Manager will be in charge of finances and all other administrative issues in terms of providing resources and support to programmes.

All Area Coordinators will report to the Director who is overally in charge of the running of THE NETWORK   programmes.  The Director in turn reports to the organisation’s board, and the donor.  The Director will also play a monitoring role to project staff. 

3.3 Financial Management

The Network   has functional administrative and accounting policies and procedures in place. These ensure efficient and effective accounting of all income accruing to the organization and expenses incurred thereafter. The Network   produced an accounting policies and procedures manual in December 2002 after extensive consultations with all its internal and external stakeholders. This process culminated in the production of user-friendly manual which regulates all THE NETWORK  `s financial transactions. This has helped THE NETWORK   manage all its income more effectively.
 
THE NETWORK   has a computerized accounting system. THE NETWORK   receives funding from different sources and separate accounts are maintained for each specific funder in the pastel accounting system. All income accruing to THE NETWORK   is deposited in its bank account first before any expenses are incurred. THE NETWORK   has an internal control system, which verifies expenditures to be incurred against the agreed budget with a particular funder before payment is approved for any program. Expenditures incurred are verified against invoices and receipts thus justifying financial resources used for a particular program. This process has ensured that THE NETWORK   manages its financial resources more efficiently.

The accounting and internal control systems of THE NETWORK   are reviewed annually by a firm of Chartered Accountants, which audits the financial statements of the organisation.


3.4 Project Sustainability 

Community and beneficiary participation remain key operational components of THE NETWORK   mode of operation.  Through the active involvement of communities in project implementation, ownership is fostered, as they know that it is their project, rather than a THE NETWORK   project for them. Project ownership is both an end in it self and a means to an end.  If there is ownership, sustainability is achievable.  The project beneficiaries will work hard to ensure that they sustain results of the project because they will be identifying with it as their project.

In the proposed project, community ownership and, consequently, project sustainability is promoted in the following ways;
•	Setting up Child Monitoring Committees will promote sustainability, as they will remain functional even after the end of the project. 
•	Club coordinators are people who work in the communities, who have come to be part of the community and who can easily identify with the local people.
•	Local leaders are the point of entry and they are given the task of mobilizing other community members, and 
•	The girls through their clubs will identify more with the project and ensure project activities continue at the end of the project. 

Conducting the awareness campaigns first, is key to the success of the project. It does not only inform the community and the OVC about the rights of the girl child and the impact of harmful practices on the girl child. It also prepares them to change their behaviour. This is a better way of managing change, as opposed to implanting a project, before preparing the community for the change. 

 3.5 Monitoring and Evaluation 

THE NETWORK   developed a number of monitoring tools that are used by the Monitoring and Evaluation Program Manager and the Finance and Administration Manager for programme and financial monitoring. The Director and the M&E Manager carry out project monitoring regularly. This helps in reshaping programmes and activities to ensure that they remain focused on real problems and that they are of direct benefit to beneficiaries. 

Each program submits a monthly report to the Director based on program activities implemented as per Workplan. These will then be consolidated into quarterly and annual reports that will be forwarded to the funding partners. 

Club coordinators also produce their reports, which capture the girls’ activities and submit them to the responsible program managers. 

Girls also submit their reports at their Girls National Executive termly meetings. Program activity reports are submitted to the girls countrywide through the Newsflash. Each program has a set of monitoring tools.  There are monthly staff performance appraisals to check adherence to policy. 

Internal evaluation is done through report assessments. Before reports are submitted to the Director the Programme Coordinator, Finance Manager and the Monitoring and Evaluation Manager (M&E) check them. The M and E Manager checks on adherence to reports format, recommends issues for future programming and prepares feedback for progress and program planning. 

Evaluation at THE NETWORK   is ongoing as there are programme evaluation data forms that are used to gather data from beneficiaries after each and every programme. Periodically, independent external evaluators are hired to evaluate overall organizational performance and whether stated goals and expected outcomes are being met as well as the overall quality of work being produced. This is usually agreed between THE NETWORK   and the Funding Partner. Stakeholders would be called in to evaluate the project through a workshop towards its end and results from all evaluation exercises will be sent to the funding partner.

However for effective monitoring and evaluation of programmes there is need for computers, which in turn need to be networked through the Local Area Network. This will lead to the timeous flow of programmes data and information.

3.6 Project Reporting
 
THE NETWORK   compiles program or activity reports after the implementation of every programme/activity.  These will then be compiled into one narrative report that will be submitted to the funder after every six months or as per the funding partner’s reporting requirements.  At the end of this project a comprehensive narrative report accompanied by a financial statement will be submitted. Reporting provides information for programme decision-making and for meeting the information requirements of donors.

In addition, THE NETWORK   has an “In Touch Newsflash” that keeps its funding partners updated on all the programmes and activities in its areas of operation. THE NETWORK   has a reputation of sharing its experiences in project implementation with funding partners; hence it will also update funding partners on any matters of interest and those that will strengthen the funding relationship.  











4.THE NETWORK   Funding Partners

Below is a list of partners who have funded THE NETWORK   projects since 2003, and the amounts involved.


Funding Partner	Total Grant	Duration	Purpose of funding	Comments/Impact
One	Euro 426 000	February 2003-February 2006	Programs and Administration	Through the three-year marriage that ended in September 2005, and is expected to be extended, the results of the empowerment of the girl child were remarkable. The Evaluation Report confirms this.
two	CAD 72 183.96- 
15% contribution for administration costs.	February 2003-April 2005	Program of action on issues affecting the girl child in The Country  	The project was successfully implemented and a Stakeholders Consultative Workshop was undertaken to assess the impact of the project in the areas of operation.  The project contributed immensely especially to the change in attitude towards the girl child in the 5 areas of operation especially as shown by the commitment pledged by traditional and religious leaders to work with THE NETWORK   in eradicating the abuse of girls institutionalized in their sects.  
Three	US$ 30 000 -
5% contribution to cover administration costs
	November 2004-October 2006
	Safe village program on empowerment of the rural girl child and institutional development	The project that is currently running has produced remarkable results in rehabilitation of survivors of all forms of abuse. With the grant the Empowerment has been turned into a safe and reliable sanctuary for abused girls. 
Four	US$ 48 000	July 2004- June 2006
	Empowering Girls through Education and Economic Programs	The project is located in xxx and just like the Girls Empowerment the project has contributed to the successful rehabilitation of survivors of all forms of abuse at Girls Empowerment Village. Besides that it also involves the empowerment of girls through THE NETWORK  ’s various programmes. 
Five	US $ 24 000	October 2004-September 2006	Economic Empowerment through Self-Help and Humanitarian Aid	This is a project that is aimed at empowering girls and communities to cope up with their disadvantaged backgrounds. Its impact is very positive.
six	US$ 5000.00	November 2004- April 2005
	Security for THE NETWORK   Personnel and at The Community  offices	The project cycle has since ended and it should be noted that the grant contributed immensely to security improvements within the organisation and also to the security of THE NETWORK   Staff.
seven	US $ 4 000.00	November 2004-October 2005	Documentation and Dissemination of THE NETWORK   Information	The one off grant has already been exhausted. Results so far include a website for the organisation and a musical album orchestrated by the girls themselves already launched and on the mainstream market. The grant also saw the production of a documentary that chronicles the work of the organisation since its inception
Eight	US$40 000.00	January 2003 to December 2005	School fees for primary school girls	The grant was mainly and specifically for reinstatement of disadvantaged girls into school. It was through this grant that the organisation reinstated more than 1000 girls into school.
Nine	15 000 pounds	October 2005-October 2006	HIV and AIDS Prevention, Mitigation and Support for the girl child in District, The Country  .

	Implementation of the project is already underway in the district. It will go along way in mitigating the impact of HIV and AIDS on the girl child
ten 	US$54 050	April 2006-June 2007	Community Empowerment and HIV and AIDS Prevention, Mitigation and Support in districts The Country  .	Implementation of the project is already underway in twp districts focusing on HIV prevention, mitigation and support.
eleven	US37 500	March 2006-April 2007	Institutional Capacity Building and Area Coordinators Security	The project has immensely contributed to the organization`s staff capacity and ensured that it effectively implements programmes
twelve	US$127 000	July 2005-August 2006	Reunification and Reintegration of Children living on the streets.

Community Based Response Strategy for OVC	The projects are currently running and has contributed to rehabilitation of girls who used to live and work in the streets and capacitating child protection committees and are joint initiatives with Streets Ahead and Childline and also Child Protection Society and Family Support Trust 
thirteen	US$4 000	August ~November 2005	Community based approach Campaign Against Domestic Violence and Harmful Cultural Practices	This is a short term project still running that seeks to deconstruct the perception of longstanding cultural practices that have perpetuated gender based violence in all its dimensions with the girl child as the ultimate victim.
fourteen	Z$160 000 000.00	June-September 2005	Response 	This was a one off project that was tailor made to offer relief aid to people affected by Operation Restore Order. A report has since been produced on how the project was implemented and submitted. 
fifteen	EURO 5 000	July-October 2005	Response through sanitary facilities, food and child abuse prevention	Implementation is already completed.  This was yet another effort to alleviate the widespread effects of 'Operation Restore Order'. Through the grant the organisation was able to make preventive efforts as the operation increased girls’ vulnerability to child abuse.
Oxfam	US$43 000	September 2005	Response to ORO	The project was geared towards providing relief aid and rehabilitating people especially girls affected by the clean up campaign (Operation Restore Order) through provision of sanitation and sanitary facilities.


5.	Bank Details


THE NETWORK   has four (4) bank accounts where grants from different funders are deposited. There are four signatories to the bank accounts. These consist of the Director, Finance Manager and two members of THE NETWORK  `s Board of Directors. 




 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>14 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='14'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >multinational HIV Aids work
HIV/AIDS 
Action Now for Healing Tomorrow  </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >This proposal outlines the need for funding to assist HIV/AIDS programming ICA’s paramount approach to attacking this and other community crises has been tried and tested in many countries.  The existing ICA programs are well-established in the field and are already helping many to come to grips with the HIV/AIDS epidemic. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >multinational HIV Aids work
HIV/AIDS 
Action Now for Healing Tomorrow 
Index

	Page no.
A.  Executive Summary	1
B.  ICA —Our
      Strengths
C.  The Crisis	4

5
D.  Issues specific to area
E.  ICA Programs	7
11
F.  Help – Why US, Why ICA
G.  Funding and Support Requirements
H.  Monitoring, Evaluation &
      Accountability

Appendix 1: 
ICA Existing and Planned Programs	
       
	1.	Micro-Credit Financing
2.	Employment Skills Training
3.	Infrastructure Development
4.	Agricultural Training
5.	HIV/AIDS Testing, Counselling and Counsellor Training
6.	Youth HIV/AIDS Prevention
7.	Home Based Care
8.	Literacy: Functional and Legal
9.	ToP Training	i
	
	
	
A.	EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
The Institute of Cultural Affairs (ICA) is a registered charity that works with individuals and organisations to build communities and partnerships that promote a sustainable and just society..

This proposal outlines the need for funding to assist HIV/AIDS programming ICA’s paramount approach to attacking this and other community crises has been tried and tested in many countries.  The existing ICA programs are well-established in the field and are already helping many to come to grips with the HIV/AIDS epidemic.

The philosophy of ICA is to maximize the participation of people in the process of taking responsibility for their own lives and for society as a whole. ICA helps people help themselves. This is done by working at the grassroots level with active involvement of the local population to attack the issues that most affect them. ICA organisations are autonomous, with local decisions made at the local level in order to best address situations relevant to various regions. Programs are focused on specific areas to help ensure sustainable success.

With significant attention given to HIV/AIDS, considerable resources have been mustered to fight this overwhelming crisis. While the disease is still here, a great deal of progress has been made in the battle for those living with HIV/AIDS.  Many infected people would have already died prior to these advances, but are now continuing to live fulfilling, purposeful lives.

In the developing world, HIV/AIDS continues to ravage the population. The disease continues to decimate families and communities with 2.4 million AIDS deaths and 3.2 million new infections annually.  

The soaring rates of HIV/AIDS deaths and infections serve to exacerbate the already serious problem of poverty, create millions of orphans, and undermine the existing yet tenuous progress that has been achieved over the past few decades. The AIDS crisis literally threatens the entire region. Furthermore, the worst is yet to come.  It is estimated that there will be as many as 40 million AIDS orphans by 2010, and as many as 90 million AIDS deaths by 2025.

The problems outlined are intensified for a number of reasons. Even without HIV/AIDS, extreme poverty results in tenuous and primitive health care that is often inaccessible or simply non-existent in many areas. AIDS drugs are prohibitively expensive. The HIV/AIDS crisis simultaneously reduces the number of people in the workforce while it increases the need for care of those infected, resulting in a vicious spiral. Yet another consequence of widespread poverty is lack of education, resulting in poor job skills, inability to feed one’s family, insufficient funding for health care and ignorance about HIV/AIDS. Poverty and lack of education have driven many women into prostitution, creating another channel for the spread of disease. 

Social and cultural factors also play a part in the grasp the disease has on the people.  Fear of being ostracized by their family and community leads to silence and denial from those infected, contributing further to the stigma surrounding HIV/AIDS.  This shame prevents many from getting tested, adding to the proliferation of HIV/AIDS.  The extreme patriarchal customs throughout many parts of the region hold women as little more than objects; this, combined with widespread male promiscuity, is a further cause of the relentless spread of the virus.   

While many government and non-government organisations are providing some aid and assistance, it is clearly inadequate. UNAID believes that there will be an $18 billion shortfall in funding in the next two years alone. Financial support must come from all realms, particularly the wealthy Western world. Some countries have the means to provide assistance through its combination of wealth, resources, democratic society, education, modern technology and advanced health care expertise.

ICA has committed to addressing the HIV/AIDS issue through a collaboration with the ICA organizations.   ICA will assist at the local level to plan programs, develop networks and infrastructure, and above all, to provide funding to implement the plans.  The target is to raise xxx in the first year (2006), xxx in the second year (2007), and xxx in the third year (2008). 

This is a call to action for donors and sponsorships to provide financial support towards this crucial collaboration.  Monetary assistance is required to supplement support programs between global and local ICA’s, to implement capacity building initiatives, and to provide direct expertise and other assistance in the field. 

If nothing is done, this crisis will continue to ravage, threatening to wipe out an entire continent.  ICA has a plan and intends to take action against this crisis.   Support from all spheres of the community, including corporate sponsorship, government funding, and individual donations will make a critical difference.  Action now will bring healing tomorrow.


B.  	ICA:  INSTITUTE OF CULTURAL AFFAIRS—OUR STRENGTHS
The Institute of Cultural Affairs (ICA) is a registered charity that works with individuals and organisations to build communities and partnerships that promote a sustainable and just society. Individual ICA’s are governed and managed by local citizens who are best informed of cultural considerations, local needs and program efficiencies and effectiveness. As a result, all decisions are made locally within each region of each country.

The central focus of the ICA mandate is to maximise participation of people in the process of taking responsibility for their own lives and for society as a whole, helping communities and individuals help themselves. This is accomplished at the grassroots level with active involvement from local populations.  While planning and strategic development facilitation are key components to the work of ICA, significant indicators of success also include tangible achievements in the field following such planning. 

ICA has been actively involved in HIV/AIDS work for 5 years, cooperating with local people to establish practical programs that address the local and regional issues directly. These programs are continuously being developed and expanded in order to best meet the needs of those they serve.  Programs are generally positioned in two or three specific districts in each country in order to make the best use of minimal funding and bring about the greatest impact to those regions involved.  A complete list of successful initiatives for each country and theme is included in Appendix 1.

As a well established player in the HIV/AIDS humanitarian field, ICA continues to develop relationships with other major stakeholders in the international arena.  IAt the most concrete level, all ICA’s collaborate with national and local governments, non-government agencies, and local businesses in the field. 

With its well founded history, existing collaborations and grassroots philosophy, ICA continues to establish itself and build a reputation as an effective catalyst for action.
 

C.	THE CRISIS
AIDS is a devastating disease. HIV/AIDS has justifiably received much publicity as notable successes have been achieved in the prevention and treatment of it.  As alarming as the situation is, it pales in comparison to the HIV/AIDS infection and death rates in other regions. To describe the situation as a crisis is an understatement, and it would not be an exaggeration to suggest that the whole continent is at risk of succumbing to this disease.


The sub-Saharan region of Africa is home to just 10% of the world’s population, but has 60% of the world’s HIV infections. Families are decimated, millions are dead and millions more are orphaned. Statistics tell just a part of the story as the true nature of the tragedy can only be understood through witnessing the devastation first hand.

In 2005 there were 2.4 million AIDS deaths in the region and 3.2 million new infections, outrageous numbers.  Officially, there are 26 million people living with HIV/AIDS the region, but official statistics are considered by many to be unreliable because of poor measuring, political influence and underreporting due to the social stigma of the disease.  It is believed that the infection rate could be as much as 50 percent higher than is currently reported.













AIDS has ravaged with predictions from most experts that the conditions have yet to reach their worst – a scary thought in light of the current statistics.  Despite high birth rates common in this part of the world, it is estimated that populations in a number of countries in this region will begin to decline solely due to the AIDS crisis by the year 2010. UNICEF calculates that there will be 40 million AIDS orphans by the year 2010. UNAID has forecast the impact over the next 20 years.  The best-case scenario expects a steady increase in deaths until 2012 when a plateau is reached, followed by a modest decline thereafter; the worst-case scenario foresees continuing devastation and some 90 million deaths by 2025. 






The following chart illustrates clearly the impact of AIDS on life expectancy in the region. Progress achieved over the last 100 years has been wiped out in less than a decade.




Life expectancy continues to drop. life expectancy rate in the region in 2010 is forecast to drop to 36.5 years, the same level as England experienced in the 1700s.  







D.	ISSUES SPECIFIC
The status of one of the poorest regions in the world, even prior to the AIDS epidemic, renders it wholly inadequate to supply the required resources necessary to combat the ravaging disease. Hospitals are few and far between in many areas; those that do exist are ill equipped to handle even the most basic matters, let alone AIDS victims. Often transported via rudimentary means, such as by foot with the help of relatives, the people that are able to access a hospital at all are considered lucky.  These underdeveloped hospitals are only able to supply modest relief of suffering, providing a slight delay in the inevitable death of the AIDS victims that do arrive.  Sadly, many will never leave their villages to access these sporadic hospitals and will die without any modern treatment or support whatsoever.  

Typical of the problem is a lack or a severe shortage of AIDS drugs in most countries of the region. Due to the nature of the virus, particularly its ability to mutate rapidly and produce drug-resistant strains, it has not yet been possible to develop an effective vaccine; nevertheless, the existing HIV/AIDS drugs have had considerable success in delaying the onset of AIDS in HIV-infected individuals. The drugs serve to prolong life, reduce the suffering of those living with AIDS, and lessen the likelihood of passing the virus on, particularly between women and their foetuses and babies. 

Until recently, few to none of these remedies had been available to developing countries.  While stiff competition among pharmaceutical manufacturers and some international aid has resulted in a modest supply of drugs, the provisions remains woefully inadequate. A combined World Health Organization/UNAIDS estimate shows that only 800,000 of 4.7 million cases in the region are receiving AIDS drugs - a mere 17%.

Inadequate nutrition is another consequence of poverty that impacts the effect of HIV/AIDS on its victims.  Access to proper nutrition is also jeopardized by many societal factors such as ill health, lack of education and poor skills training. Proper nutrition is a fundamental building block of life, essential for successful early childhood development, maternal survival, and participation in school or the workforce.  Poor nutrition in the early years of life can greatly impair cognitive development.  

Lack of education presents multi-faceted challenges. From low levels of education ensue poorly-paying jobs that barely provide for daily survival, let alone self-improvement or HIV/AIDS treatment. The rule of life in many areas is “Don’t get sick because if you do, you will die.”  Low personal income levels result in low government revenues and the inability to fund even the most basic public services such as sanitation or safe water; consequently, AIDS programs are not considered a priority.

Due to a lack of education surrounding HIV/AIDS, many people still do not believe the virus exists.  Of those that do consider it a real threat, many are unaware of how it is passed on or what preventative measures to take.
	
Prostitution is a yet another saddening and devastating consequence of poverty and lack of education.  Many women are forced into prostitution in order to survive and provide for their often single parent families. Rampant in the region, prostitution can be traced along the major roads as truck drivers carry the virus from prostitute to prostitute and then back to their families.  Similarly, healthy prostitutes inevitably contract the disease and pass it on to their own families.  

The problem of HIV/AIDS is exacerbated by poverty and low education levels. As more people contract the disease fewer people are available to work, yet more workers are needed to care for the sick, and eventually, to look after the inevitable and expanding orphan population. As children are taken out of school to replace the dying workforce, the adults (usually women) are forced to fulfill the multiple roles of income earners, childcare providers, household managers, and healthcare workers.  





The basic problems of poverty and its consequences are compounded by the fact that there are many countries, each with its own culture, norms and beliefs.  Important government figures in some countries still deny the existence of HIV/AIDS, even forbidding treatment other than the “acceptable” ancient traditional remedies.  These views are often reinforced through the media.







While a few countries have addressed the problem rationally and have had some success, many countries still choose to devote their meagre resources to the military rather than to health care and infrastructure.  With these divergent issues, a “One size fits all” solution is obviously not feasible.
 
Many countries are very conservative, labelling HIV/AIDS with a terrible social stigma. This results in denial. It is common for a family member to contract AIDS and then hide that fact, ultimately passing the virus on to others in the family. Some have taken the drastic measures of dying without treatment rather than admitting to having what is seen as a shameful infection. This is particularly true of women, who are largely considered second class citizens. The patriarchal attitudes that are still prevalent in many countries pose major obstacles to HIV/AIDS prevention as men rule and women obey.   Polygamy is widely practised and it is not uncommon for wives to be “lent” to visiting male acquaintances for the night. This style of life is conducive to the spread of the virus, and is worsened by widespread promiscuity and use of prostitutes by many men. 

E.	ICA PROGRAMS
The first steps towards combating the ravaging effects of HIV/AIDS have begun in all six of the partner countries.  While some programming is currently taking place, additional support, training, and capacity building in a number of program areas has been identified by the ICA.  The following provides an overview of the main thematic areas of focus that will be implemented or expanded upon over the next 3 years in ICA’s.  Complete details of existing and planned programs relative to each country and theme are outlined in Appendix 1.

1.	Micro-Credit Financing
Stringent requirements associated with approved bank loans in many nations make it difficult for individuals or community groups to access credit financing.  Stable employment and sufficient collateral are beyond the reach of a majority of residents who do not own homes or land, rendering them ineligible for traditional loans.  Without start-up financing, there is little hope of creating venues for economic development and future sustainability.

The micro-credit projects focus on creating opportunities for economic development at the local level. Loans are provided to community-based clubs (approximately 10 members per club) to assist with the generation of economic based activities. Training will be provided to develop community leadership capacity and business management skills so that members become empowered, continuing to work towards economic self-sufficiency. 

2.	Employment Skills Training
Running successful economic ventures enables the micro-credit financing group members to overcome the debilitating effects of poverty.  Without marketable skills, however, the micro-credit training would be ineffectual. Skills training will be implemented to equip unskilled community members with functional and locally relevant skill sets.

3.	Infrastructure Development
ICA recognizes that infrastructure is key to accelerated growth, reduced poverty and enhanced living conditions. Sanitary living conditions and access to clean water are the exception rather than the rule in most areas. ICA will be working towards improved infrastructure through improvement or development of agro-forestry plots, water bore holes, water-shed development, communication and transportation systems.

4.	Agricultural Training
Food security is a major problem in many nations. On the rare occasions where there is an adequate supply, the main food source is maize. Diversification towards an increase in proteins, fruits and vegetables is greatly needed to provide a healthy diet to more citizens.  The diet requirements of “people living with HIV/AIDS” (PLWHA) are more diverse than those of the general population, and proper nutrition is essential in preserving their health and slowing the progression of the disease.  For those undergoing treatment, an adequate diet is necessary to avoid toxicity and maintain the effectiveness of drug therapies.  The goal of the agricultural training projects is to improve both the nutritional quality and quantity of the diets consumed by PLWHA in order to best assist those who have been severely affected by the disease.  

5.	HIV/AIDS Testing, Counselling and Counsellor Training
Directly addressing the prevention of HIV/AIDS will primarily be accomplished by training community members to become HIV/AIDS counsellors. HIV/AIDS counsellors will provide testing and counselling at Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT) centers, in informal community care centers and in homes. HIV/AIDS testing exists as the cornerstone of infection rate reductions. ICA’s have begun to address this need in various ways and will continue this work through increased testing, counselling, and counsellor training.

6.	Youth HIV/AIDS Prevention
These projects directly focus on the prevention of HIV/AIDS infections among youth.  Every ICA training program that is provided, whether in leadership, business skills or caretaking, includes a section on HIV/AIDS awareness, prevention and treatment.  The objective is truly grassroots in approach as the youth become the expert ambassadors to healthy living and HIV/AIDS awareness and education throughout numerous communities.

Facilitation training equips youth with the skills to take control of their own lives and share their knowledge with others.  Relevant socio-economic and life skills training will assist them with healthy decision making in all facets of life.  HIV/AIDS education and awareness mobilize youth toward improved sexual health and increased awareness about the prevention of HIV/AIDS.  The culmination of the ongoing training and skill development in facilitation skills will result in each youth team planning and implementing local HIV/AIDS initiatives within their local schools and communities, demonstrating in true form the positive effects youth can have in their own lives and that of their communities when given the opportunity for healthy, meaningful engagement.  

7.	Home Based Care
As HIV/AIDS infected people become too ill to leave their homes, the need for families and community members to become equipped with home-based care skills becomes increasingly important. The majority of families are lacking the knowledge and the most basic medical supplies to provide palliative care for critically ill family members. Home-Based Care training will equip families and community members with the skills to provide basic first-aid care for those ill from HIV/AIDS.  Training will focus on administration of pain-relief medications, bathing procedures, safety methodologies for dealing with bodily fluids, proper nutrition, and provision of comfort to families and individuals infected with or affected by HIV/AIDS.  Along with training, Home-based Care kits will be provided to assist with nutrition, hygiene and comfort to the ill.

8.	Literacy – Functional & Legal
Four out of ten are illiterate, and the consequences are many.  Much of the general public is unable to understand media campaigns promoting safe-sex, HIV/AIDS prevention, family planning, and basic hygiene - all messages intended to stem the HIV/AIDS pandemic and improve public health.   Without the appropriate literacy skills, opportunities for viable income-generating work among 40% of the population, becomes particularly limited.  

Without knowing their rights, women are taken advantage of in a variety of ways. The situation of widows is of great concern especially in light of the HIV/AIDS pandemic. With the death of a man there is a crisis for his nuclear family. The traditional expectation is that his property will return to his family—his brothers, leaving the wife and children without any means of support. The legal systems provide property rights for women. Training in human and legal rights is fundamental to enable women to feed their family and provide a home.

Continuation and enhancement of existing ICA literacy programs will include training in human rights, legal aid, property rights and gender equity.

9.	ICA Technology of Participation (ToP) Training
ToP methods have been central to the basic strategy for building plans and commitment at the village level in all of the partners.  This grassroots training facilitates community capacity building as skills are acquired and advanced to others.  The participatory nature of the training, including Group Facilitation, Strategic Planning and Project Management enhance civil society development throughout the communities, contributing greatly to the future sustainability and self-sufficiency of successful programs and development projects.


F.	HELP –WHY ICA 

The HIV/AIDS crisis is so colossal that by some estimates, annual spending of $10 billion will be required to prevent, contain and comfort. The sizable funding provided by the international community through the United Nations, national governments, government agencies, non-government organizations and private organizations is a fraction of what is actually required. 

The countries themselves devote relatively large amounts of public money to healthcare generally, but regional poverty means that the absolute amounts are pitifully inadequate. For example, in 2003, a country spent 8% of GDP on healthcare,, but this resulted in just $6.63 per sufferer being spent on HIV/AIDS. Not even a drop in the bucket.

With all the benefits of a wealthy civilization, we are privy to a free society within a peaceful democracy.  We have a thriving economy, an abundance of resources, a well educated population, access to modern technology and advanced and accessible medical expertise.  These factors create an ideal combination for providing much needed financial aid and other assistance to meet this crisis head on.

ICA is the ideal vehicle to provide the necessary program expertise and assistance. The programs are as varied as the requirements dictate. We have an excellent network of contacts and collaborators among UN agencies, national and local governments and major NGOs. Lastly, our philosophy is ideal in that it emphasizes the need to maximise the participation of people in the processes of taking responsibility for their own lives and for society as a whole.




G.	Funding and Support Requirements

1.	Funding
The existing goal is to raise $xxx,000 in 2006. The basic budget needs for the six partner countries total $830,000 for the year 2006; an additional $320,000 is required for program expansion and new programs, for a total of $1,150,000.   

Funding is requested from a number of sources: locally through the sale of non-charitable services and fundraising, 

  ICA has committed to raising $330,000 for programming in 2006. We expect our fund-raising expense to amount to $20,000 so we need to raise a total of $350,000. 

We have a successful start to the program and so far have secured funding and pledges of $100,000. But obviously we still have some way to go. 

The ICA planning initiatives and respective budget currently spans three years.  Plans include advancement of existing programs, introduction of new ones, and expansion of programming into new regions. 

As plans continue to develop in partnership with local ICA’s, funding requirements are expected to increase significantly, totalling US $5 million by 2008. fund-raising efforts are subsequently targeted at $750,000 for 2007 and $2,000,000 for 2008.


2.	Skills Sharing
Other forms of support, collaboration and direct participation are also requested from interested parties.  The variety of expertise available within sponsoring bodies would prove invaluable if shared directly with partnering African countries, creating opportunities for organizational capacity building and the advancement of civil society development.

To this end, ICA is seeking agencies and corporations who are willing to champion this cause by financially supporting their own delegation of staff and volunteers for short-term assignments, sharing skills and experiencing the situation first-hand.   Local ICA’s have identified expertise and training needs in the following areas:

•	Medical professionals
•	Teachers
•	Agriculturalists
•	Finance, accounting and credit management experts
•	Engineers
•	Lawyers
•	HIV/AIDS counsellors
•	Social workers
•	Non-specialised assistance

This type of skills-sharing program will provide considerable benefit to the participants, the national ICA’s at the organizational level, and the participating population in general.  It provides employers with the opportunity to offer worthwhile service programs and leaves of absence to valuable employees who will also benefit greatly from such an experience.

3.	Local Fundraising Support
Other types of collaboration are needed for fundraising and event sponsorship.  This type of support is endless in variety, including such things as advertising and marketing campaigns, printing services, sponsorship of guest speakers at fundraising events, etc.   

As an example, ICA has been approved as a beneficiary of a Marathon. This affords opportunities for organizations to become involved through participation of employees who run on behalf of ICA, and or to sponsor runners already running for ICA. We are also looking for corporate sponsorship to cover the overhead costs of this event.

In return, ICA will provide speakers about HIV/AIDS and the initiatives for private staff sessions and/or public events at the request of supporting organizations.
 
H. 	Monitoring, Evaluation, and ACCOUNTABILITY

The right philosophy, the right people and the right programs are necessary ingredients for any community development project, but we need to hold ourselves accountable to ensure the level of success that we seek. And we need to hold our local representatives to account as well.

We start by having each country prepare annual and quarterly plans together with a detailed budget. Each will provide a regular quarterly report on its activities and a more comprehensive one at each year-end.

The financial segment of each report will provide statements that track revenues and expenditures against the budget for each program, including the key elements within each program and all non-program expenditures.   An updated full-year estimate, including explanation of all actual and projected variances, will also be provided.  Plans for dealing with adverse variances will be addressed when necessary as the situation dictates.  

The package will also include non-financial statistical data measuring program performance. Key data includes such items as number of new crop trees planted, number of AIDS counsellors trained, number of micro-credit grants made, micro-credit repayment rate, number of people tested, number of home-based care visits, etc. Measurable outcomes will be provided to all donors so that progress can be tracked.

Annual plans, financial budgets, interim and year end reports will be made available to all sponsors.
 

IF NOTHING IS DONE…


“Are human rights just for a few on the planet or are they indeed for all?” – Romeo Dallaire 
ICA PROGRAMMING:  EXISTING & 2006 PLANS

1.	MICRO-CREDIT FINANCING
Stringent requirements associated with approved bank loans in many nations make it difficult for individuals or community groups to access credit financing.  Stable employment and sufficient collateral are beyond the reach of a majority of residents who do not own homes or land, rendering them ineligible for traditional loans.  Without start-up financing, there is little hope of creating venues for economic development and future sustainability.

The micro-credit projects focus on creating opportunities for economic development at the local level. Loans are provided to community-based clubs (approximately 10 members per club) to assist with the generation of economic based activities. Training will be provided to develop community leadership capacity and business management skills so that members become empowered, continuing to work towards economic self-sufficiency. 

Micro-Credit Financing
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Kenya		•	In order to generate some funds to assist with caring for village orphans and others who are sick, income generating projects will be planned and implemented at the village level. 
Area A	•	ICA pays each group back 5% of their original repaid loan to allow members to loan to one another. 
•	20 community income generating groups have been identified and launched in xxx; 10 are currently receiving loans from ICA.
•	25 groups have been identified and trained in yyy and will receive loans this year.  
•	20 groups in yyy have established businesses without loans because they had the Participatory Strategic Planning, Basic Business Skills training and credit management training.
•	400 people have been trained in Basic Business Skills.
•	ICA has given loans amounting to 12 million Shillings to approximately 310 people through the micro-credit scheme.
	•	Provide second loans to renewing groups
•	Increase loans to experienced groups
•	Identify and loan to 10 new Income Generating Groups in xxx
•	Identify and loan to 5 new Income Generating Groups in yyy
•	Provide 3 training events (3 days each with 150 participants) for new members in Basic Business Skills and credit management
•	Provide loan supervision and repayment training 

Area B	•	Implemented successful micro-credit projects specific to the farming industry involving 54 households.
	•	Organize an income generating project in each of the 5 villages in zzz District in the Southern Province.
•	Offer training to members of 15 families in each of 5 villages on income-generation methods.
Zimbabwe	•	25 income generating groups have been launched and have successfully paid back their loans. Significant impact has been made in the lives of approximately 250 families.
	•	Loans will be given to 10 community based women’s clubs (totalling 50 loan disbursements), providing start-up costs for members to initiate income-generating activities.  
•	5 business skills training programs will be launched 
•	4 marketable products skills training programs will be launched
•	10 leadership skills training programs will be launched 
•	A year-end “Market Festival” will be held to host all micro-credit clubs as a venue to display and sell products. 

2.	EMPLOYMENT SKILLS TRAINING
Running successful economic ventures enables the micro-credit financing group members to overcome the debilitating effects of poverty.  Without marketable skills, however, the micro-credit training would be ineffectual. Skills training will be implemented to equip unskilled community members with functional and locally relevant skill sets.

Employment Skills Training
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area D	•	Through the Widow’s Empowerment Programme, 3 groups have been formed and trained in business management. As a result of the training, each of the 3 groups have established successful businesses, 2 of them are buying and selling cereals and one is buying and selling chickens. 
	
Area A		•	Provide Marketable Skills training in chalk and candle making to 80 community members in the xxx and yyy districts.

Area B	•	Implemented a vocational youth skills training in carpentry, welding, tailoring, bricklaying and poultry production involving 450 youth who were unable to finish school due to lack of school fees in ddd and fff districts.
•	Trained groups of farmers in leadership skills and project management to enable them to register as community based organizations (CBO’s) with legal status to seek their own funding and with the capacity to implement income generating activities, micro-credit, and seed multiplication projects.
	•	Provide 4 Marketable Skills Training workshops including candle making, baking skills, batik making, and perma-culture skills. 100 participants will attend these workshops.








3.	INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT
ICA recognizes that infrastructure is key to accelerated growth, reduced poverty and enhanced living conditions. Sanitary living conditions and access to clean water are the exception rather than the rule in most areas of the six participating nations. Some of the ICA's will be working towards improved infrastructure through improvement or development of agro-forestry plots, water bore holes, communication and transportation systems.

Infrastructure Development
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area C	•	ICA successfully completed an integrated development programme in the nnn District. Eleven water boreholes were dug; and agri-forestry plots established. The program benefited 16,000 people. 
	•	Improve transport and communication for People Living with HIV/AIDS
•	in order to address transportation and communication issues related to the isolation of more rural communities, a health professional will be deployed to the villages once per month to assist PLWHA
•	A medical emergency cell phone (where service is available) will be identified or provided for use at each of the project villages.  
•	The feasibility of a bicycle ambulance service and possibly a medical taxi-service will also be investigated.
•	Collaborate with communities by sharing their considerable expertise and experience related to bore hole locations, costs, and additional requirements.
•	Link communities with appropriate organizations that may be able to provide hands-on support to drill the bore holes.

Area E	•	Introduced culturally acceptable smoke removal interventions such as chimneys, windows, and improved stoves in 150 traditional houses in 9 villages. 
	•	Currently working toward expanding this indoor air pollution project in village homes in the zzz District.
•	Currently working toward providing pure drinking water facilities through introduction of filtering systems.
•	Demonstrating a pit latrine sanitation scheme in several locations to create awareness for improved sanitation. 

Zambia	•	Constructed 37 secure wells in mmm and nnn Districts
•	Constructed 300 toilets
•	Provided sanitation training	•	Improve access of residents in distant villages to the highway, the clinic, ICA and markets



4.	AGRICULTURAL TRAINING
Food security is a major problem in many nations. On the rare occasions where there is an adequate supply, the main food source is maize. Diversification towards an increase in proteins, fruits and vegetables is greatly needed to provide a healthy diet to more citizens.  The diet requirements of “people living with HIV/AIDS” (PLWHA) are more diverse than those of the general population, and proper nutrition is essential in preserving their health and slowing the progression of the disease.  For those undergoing treatment, an adequate diet is necessary to avoid toxicity and maintain the effectiveness of drug therapies.  The goal of the agricultural training projects is to improve both the nutritional quality and quantity of the diets consumed by PLWHA in order to best assist those who have been severely affected by the disease.  

Agricultural Training
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area A	•	In 2004, sustainable agriculture training was given to 420 farmers within 24 groups. 
•	Successfully completed a 3 year programme on food security in ppp District. As a result of this programme, 350 farmers were trained in animal management and organic farming. 	
Area B	•	With the assistance of a funder, farmers are being educated in the planting and cultivation of Allanblackia tress on their current properties to harvest the seeds. The seeds are an excellent alternative resource for making low-cholesterol cooking oil.	•	ICA is using its community base to mobilize the farmers in the process of growing, maturing and harvesting seed yields. 
•	100 farmers will be trained.
•	Estimated 500 trees planted.
Area C	•	Constructed 600 improved storage bins for preserving seed and food crops for individual households.
•	Constructed 75 improved community storage sheds in four different areas for marketing crops.
•	Increased seed multiplication projects in aaa, bbb and ccc districts.
•	Currently undergoing an initiative to improve food supply by teaching village members how to manage, process, preserve, and prepare products from small livestock and vegetable production, primarily chickens, goats, and a variety of vegetables. 	•	Training in nutrition and crop diversification.
•	Education to increase understanding of what makes a healthy diet for PLWHAs.
•	Demonstrate best practices of food production and preparation in the larger community.
•	Comprehensive training in HIV/AIDS prevention education, home based care, nutrition, and food production. 
•	15 families will be selected from each of 5 villages (75 families) based on one or more of the following criteria: having one or more orphans, a female-headed or child-headed household, or having people living with HIV/AIDS.

5.	HIV/AIDS TESTING, COUNSELLING AND COUNSELLOR TRAINING
Directly addressing the prevention of HIV/AIDS will primarily be accomplished by training community members to become HIV/AIDS counsellors. HIV/AIDS counsellors will provide testing and counselling at Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT) centers, in informal community care centers and in homes. HIV/AIDS testing exists as the cornerstone of infection rate reductions. The partner ICA’s have begun to address this need in various ways and will continue this work through increased testing, counselling, and counsellor training.

HIV/AIDS Testing, Counselling and Counsellor Training
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
area A	•	A major campaign was held in 2004 on prevention of HIV/AIDS. 
•	40 people were voluntarily tested during the campaign.
•	District personnel, assisted by ICA trainers continually provide training in counselling and home-based care.	•	2 counsellors trained in each of 44 villages (88 counsellors total) to assist PLWHA and those who learn that they are HIV positive. 
•	Initiate a mobile VCT program and HIV/AIDS training for additional villagers to provide a support system for people living with HIV/AIDS and their caregivers at the local level.
•	90 additional villagers throughout 6 villages will receive 3 days of HIV/AIDS prevention education, 1 day of counsellor training, and 1 day of home care training.
•	Continued weekly group meetings in villages for self-management of PLWHA.  
Area B	•	Started free pre-counselling, testing and post counselling in 2003. 500+ people tested  
•	Trained 106 community HIV/AIDS counsellors from 23 villages to provide HIV/AIDS and general health counselling. 
•	60 HIV/AIDS counsellors trained in Handeni.
•	Four information exchange forums organized in xxx district, with more than 90 HIV/AIDS counsellors in attendance.
•	Distribution of 70,000 condoms per 3 months.	•	Set up a new VCT center. 
•	Provide greater access to VCT services (via the new center), condoms and ARV supplies.
•	Equip the VCT’s with new testing equipment and hire a new VCT counsellor
•	Provide HIV/AIDS community counsellor training in 2 new areas 
•	Provide HIV/AIDS awareness training for traditional healers—4days of training for 40 traditional healers.

Area C	•	Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT) implemented at zzz Rural Health Clinic.
•	112 people tested in 10 months, with approximately 75% positive for HIV/AIDS.
	•	HIV/AIDS testing and counselling will be made available to 15 families from each of five villages (75 families total) selected for a new research and demonstration project.
•	Comprehensive training and care for families with an orphan, a female-headed or child-headed household, or with PLWHA.
Area D	•	Through the Youth Friendly Corner, ICA is initiating regularly scheduled HIV/AIDS testing and counselling services.	•	Provide 10 HIV/AIDS training events
•	Establish an HIV/AIDS testing camp

6.	YOUTH HIV/AIDS PREVENTION
These projects directly focus on the prevention of HIV/AIDS infections among youth.  Every ICA training program that is provided, whether in leadership, business skills or caretaking, includes a section on HIV/AIDS awareness, prevention and treatment.  The objective is truly grassroots in approach as the youth become the expert ambassadors to healthy living and HIV/AIDS awareness and education throughout numerous communities.

Facilitation training equips youth with the skills to take control of their own lives and share their knowledge with others.  Relevant socio-economic and life skills training will assist them with healthy decision making in all facets of life.  HIV/AIDS education and awareness mobilize youth toward improved sexual health and increased awareness about the prevention of HIV/AIDS.  The culmination of the ongoing training and skill development in facilitation skills will result in each youth team planning and implementing local HIV/AIDS initiatives within their local schools and communities, demonstrating in true form the positive effects youth can have in their own lives and that of their communities when given the opportunity for healthy, meaningful engagement.  

Youth HIV/AID Prevention
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area A	•	24 community groups (240 people) were trained for 5 days on behaviour changes, such as methods of reducing the spread of HIV virus.
•	4 ICA staff members were trained in Positive Self Management programmes on HIV/AIDS. The staff then facilitated this training for 36 people living with HIV/AIDS in the city and region.	
Area B	•	Currently initiating a pilot program which mobilizes youth in three schools as a research and demonstration project to stop the spread of the disease in the future. 
•	Students will be trained in interactive communication and leadership skills.
•	These students will then design and implement their own program to inform their fellow students about HIV/AIDS. 	•	Train leaders and peer-education teams (50 peer-educators trained) that will influence their peers, families and communities with the message of HIV/AIDS prevention (5000 students impacted).
•	Train students in other areas of life such as leadership development, basic hygiene, human sexuality, personal development planning, and youth empowerment through agro-business and mentoring.
•	Equip youth with communication skills and leadership skills
•	Create health teams in 5 schools
Area D	•	ICA has been involved with HIV/AIDS work since 2002 with their youth program, Youth as Facilitative Leaders (YFL)
•	The project trains students in participatory facilitation skills (including assertiveness and communication skills), HIV/AIDS prevention, gender equity, abuse of children and women, drug awareness, sustainable community building in schools, peer education, and the development of life skills. 
•	To date, more than 1,000 young people have been informed about HIV/AIDS through ICA trainings.	•	Focus on 4 areas to engage youth as social change agents in their schools and communities.  
•	Develop YFL teams among 8 school systems and 2 youth groups.  
•	10 training sessions in participatory facilitation skills (including communications and assertiveness skills)
•	10 training sessions in HIV/AIDS (including issues of gender equity, teen pregnancy, and violence against women)
•	Facilitate 10 action plans with youth teams (8 from schools, 2 from youth groups)
•	Monitor and evaluate implementation of action plans
Area E	•	School outreach activities offered HIV/AIDS education to 1380 students from 2 secondary and 2 primary schools.
	•	Equip local youth, men and women, traditional healers, and local leaders with knowledge of HIV/AIDS through school awareness campaigns and leadership training.
•	Create 10 student HIV/AIDS clubs in Secondary Schools
•	Set up four education scholarships for girls to complete full Secondary School education.
Area F	•	A major pillar of the existing prevention thrust is the Youth Friendly Corner (YFC) programme, which provides HIV/AIDS prevention education, counselling and training, and condom distribution to young people in a youth-friendly environment. 
	•	6 additional YFC’s will be developed.  
•	Libraries will be incorporated into 2 of the new YFC’s. 
•	A new Resource Center will expand services of the YFC by also offering regularly scheduled HIV/AIDS testing, access to counselling, an extensive library, and an internet café.  
•	Annual training in leadership, management, and HIV/AIDS education will be offered at various YFC locations for youth.  
•	As part of the sustainability plan for the centers, 30 youth will participate in technical training geared towards eventual management of the YFC’s by youth themselves.  
•	Increased self-esteem and valuable skills will result from participation of youth in the planning and implementation of the celebratory “Youth Friendly Centers’ Annual Gala & Sports Tournament”.



7.	HOME BASED CARE PROGRAM
As HIV/AIDS infected people become too ill to leave their homes, the need for families and community members to become equipped with home-based care skills becomes increasingly important. The majority of families are lacking the knowledge and the most basic medical supplies to provide palliative care for critically ill family members. Home-Based Care training will equip families and community members with the skills to provide basic first-aid care for those ill from HIV/AIDS.  This combined education can then be disseminated to local villages through family, neighbours, and women’s clubs. Training will focus on administration of pain-relief medications, bathing procedures, safety methodologies for dealing with bodily fluids, proper nutrition, and provision of comfort to families and individuals infected with or affected by HIV/AIDS.  Along with training, Home-based Care kits will be provided to assist with nutrition, hygiene and comfort to the ill.

Home Based Care Program
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area A	•	Currently implementing an initiative to provide one-week training programs in six locations to approximately 15 villagers at a time. 
•	Training includes: three days review of HIV/AIDS prevention education, one day on counselling, and one day on home-based care. 	
Area B	•	Through partnership with local government and other NGO’s, ICA has been providing Home-based care services to 51 HIV/AIDS patients in Handeni.
	•	Conduct research on orphan care and establish a care structure for orphans of HIV/AIDS deceased parents.
•	Expand home-based care services by training new home-based care providers
Area C		•	Provide counselling, prevention education, and nutrition and food preparation as part of the home-based care initiative.
•	Provide home-based care kits to 15 families in each of 5 villages to aid family members and community members in caring for the ill.
Area D	•	The community Caretakers Training Program was launched in four communities in 2005.  
•	Training has been provided for 84 volunteers. 	•	Offer 10 Home Caretaker training events in 5 communities, training 200 new caretakers. 
•	1000 Home Caretaker medical kits assembled and distributed to assist locals with looking after the terminally ill.
•	Identify primary school-aged orphans and other vulnerable children for funding to pay for school fees and uniform costs.  

8.	LITERACY – FUNCTIONAL & LEGAL
Four out of ten are illiterate, and the consequences are many.  Much of the general public is unable to understand media campaigns promoting safe-sex, HIH/AIDS prevention, family planning, and basic hygiene - all messages intended to stem the HIV/AIDS pandemic and improve public health.   Without the appropriate literacy skills, an opportunity for viable income-generating work among 40% of the population becomes particularly limited.   Without knowing their rights, women are taken advantage of in a variety of ways. The situation of widows is of great concern especially in light of the HIV/AIDS pandemic. With the death of a man there is a crisis for his nuclear family. The traditional expectation is that his property will return to his family—his brothers, leaving the wife and children without any means of support. The legal system provides property rights for women. Training in human and legal rights is fundamental to enable women to feed their family and provide a home.  Continuation and enhancement of existing ICA literacy programs will include training in human rights, legal aid, property rights and gender equity.

Literacy:  Functional and Legal
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area A	•	ICA implemented the Widows Empowerment Programme in May 2005 to improve the living standard of widows by training them in para-legal skills and facilitating them to initiate income-generating projects. 
•	150 member within 24 groups participated in 8 workshops on civic human rights 	•	Village leaders and government administration trained in human rights, legal aid, and gender equity.   
•	Provide a para-legal to project villages to enhance support and advocacy for women.
•	Develop human & legal rights misconduct reporting system.  
•	Form “widow’s group” to facilitate continued education and support.
•	Continued weekly group meetings in villages for legal aid and human rights.  
Area B	•	8 classes of adult education were conducted on a one year basis for women and youth and some continue to operate.
•	A lawyer was hired by ICA staff from 2003-2005 to operate a legal clinic which was established in 2002. The lawyer provided legal advice to the public on specific legal problems.  
•	Legal manuals were created and distributed, and legal issues were raised at Public Dialogues and in Exchange Forums. 
•	ICA visited 4 seriously under serviced villages providing legal and HIV/AIDS education. 
•	196 people in various districts were provided with legal manuals to share with community members.	•	Train 60 teachers in REFLECT functional literacy over a 2 week period. Graduates will then set up 1 year classes for 12 to 20 women and youth at the local community level.
•	5 new literacy classes implemented.
•	Hold 3 public dialogues and 3 exchange forums on functional literacy in 2 districts.
•	Hire another lawyer to replace the previous one.
•	Offer two 5-day training events for community legal advisors with 25 participants in each.


9.	ICA TECHNOLOGY OF PARTICIPATION (TOP) TRAINING
ToP methods have been central to the basic strategy for building plans and commitment at the village level in all of the partner ICAs.  This grassroots training facilitates community capacity building as skills are acquired and advanced to others.  The participatory nature of the training, including Group Facilitation, Strategic Planning and Project Management enhance civil society development throughout the communities, contributing greatly to the future sustainability and self-sufficiency of successful programs and development projects.

ICA Technology of Participation (ToP) Training
	Existing Programs	Planned 2006 Programs
Area A	•	All members of the 20 community income-generating groups have been trained in Group Facilitation methods and Strategic Participatory Planning skills (total 400 participants). 
•	In Districts: 50 community groups (100 participants) received training in Participatory Strategic Planning and Group Facilitation.	•	Introduce ToP methods to Government departments, NGO community and other sectors of society to demonstrate effectiveness of methods and support the participatory approach being used at the local level.
AAA District:
•	Provide 10 community leadership training events in Group Facilitation Methods (GFM) and Participatory Strategic Planning (PSP)- 5 day sessions for 10 new groups (200 participants)
•	Local Government Officers will be trained in GFM and PSP training—16 participants from 3 new divisions
•	Scholarships will be set up for 4 girls
BBB/CCC District:
•	1 training event for the 5 Ward Councillors and Officers in 5 Divisions—20 participants
•	2 training events for 3 Wards of Kilindi District with a total of 40 participants
Area B	•	ToP training has been implemented in the Youth as Facilitative Leaders programmes. Young people are provided training in Group Facilitation, and Participatory Strategic Planning.	
Area C	•	ToP training has been implemented in the Youth as Facilitative Leaders programmes. Young people are provided training in Group Facilitation, and Participatory Strategic Planning.
	
Area F	•	Offered 24 training sessions in Leadership Facilitation Skills for community work. 
•	Throughout 2005, provided additional courses in Strategic Planning, Training of Facilitator Trainers, Participatory Project Management and Group Facilitation.	





 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>16 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='16'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Proposal for Immigrant Service Delivery Consultation </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >ICA will manage the design, logistics, facilitation and reporting of all the consultation focus groups which would be referred to as “Forums” on the immmigrant settlement services throughout the state. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Proposal for Immigrant Service Delivery Consultation

ICA is a non-profit organization whose purpose is to facilitate a culture of participation in every sector of society.

ICA trains over 1000 people each year in group facilitation skills, including consultants, government employees, and private and volunteer sector supervisors and managers.

ICA consults with dozens of clients each year and facilitates public consultation, strategic planning, community development, organizational transformation, team building and problem solving.

ICA is a member of an international network of ICA’s in 30 countries and holds Consultative Status Category II with the United Nations Economic and Social Council. 
Purpose of the Consultation


Products of Consultation

1. A comprehensive picture of the needs of newcomer immigrant, and how they could be met (new solutions that might not be used by current agencies)
2. Needs of newcomers
3. Needs of Service Providers in meeting newcomers needs
4. Priorities

These products are needed in order to:

1. create RFP framework for “one time only” money
2. have information for input into shifts in policy procedures
3. know where to research in the future


Experience of participants in the consultation

1. there will be authentic participation
2. dependable
3. everyone will feel heard
4. everyone will have had the means of being heard

 


Focus Groups - Referred to as Tasks II, III and IV

ICA will manage the design, logistics, facilitation and reporting of all the consultation focus groups which would be referred to as “Forums” referred to in 
Tasks II, III and IV.

The proposed method of consultation for these Forums is for ICA to select locations and dates and to be given lists by THE CLIENT or from THE CLIENT-designated partners which can be used for invitations. THE CLIENT would be referred to as the client and end user of the consultation. ICA would take complete responsibility for the 20 meetings and would need THE CLIENTs assistance in developing briefing materials for recruitment and for presentations at the Forums.

 
Schedule of Forums
Schedule will be revised to reflect the possiblity of full day Forums

Draft Schedule of Consultations

June 15	June 16
	June 22	June 23	June 24	June 25
1. Newcomer Clients Forum in The major city

2. Education Community Meeting in The major city

3. Education Community Meeting in The major city
	4. Service Providers Forum 

5. Service Providers Forum	6. Service Providers Forum

7. Service Providers Forum

8. Francophone Forum in The major city
	9. Education Community Forum 

10. Service Providers Forum

11. Education Community Forum

12. Service Providers Forum
	13. Education Community Forum in The northern city

14. Education Community Forum in The capital city

15. Education and Service Providers Forum in The capital city - 

16. ISAP and LINC Forum in The major city
	17. Service Providers Forum in The northern city

18. Service Providers Forum in The capital city

19. Gov’t and Private Funders Forum

20. HOST Forum



June 15

1. Newcomer Clients Forum in The major city
30 people from ISAP, HOST or LINC programs will be paid an honorarium

2. Education Community Meeting in The major city
with 16school teachers, ESL Coordinators, Adult ESL teachers, multicultural liaison coordinators, school principals, former ESL students

3. Education Community Meeting in The major city
with 16 school teachers, ESL Coordinators, Adult ESL teachers, multicultural liaison coordinators, school principals, former ESL students

June 16
4. Service Providers Forum 
with 16 staff from non-profit housing, legal aid, social planning council, Mayors committee

5. Service Providers Forum 
with 16 staff from non-profit housing, legal aid, social planning council, Mayors committee

June 22
6. Service Providers Forum
with 16 staff from community and public health, womens shelters, community centres for women, children and seniors, family and childrens services  

7. Service Providers Forum
with 16 staff from community and public health, womens shelters, community centres for women, children and seniors, family and childrens services  

8. Francophone Forum in The major city
with 16 from mix of above. 

June 23
9. Education Community Forum
with 16 school teachers, ESL Coordinators, Adult ESL teachers, multicultural liaison coordinators, school principals, former ESL students

10. Service Providers Forum
with 16 staff from non-profit housing, legal aid, social planning council, community and public health, womens shelters, community centres for women, children and seniors, family and childrens services

11. Education Community Forum in Whitby
with 16 school teachers, ESL Coordinators, Adult ESL teachers, multicultural liaison coordinators, school principals, former ESL students

12. Service Providers Forum
with 16 staff from non-profit housing, legal aid, social planning council, community and public health, womens shelters, community centres for women, children and seniors, family and childrens services

June 24
13. Education Community Forum in The northern city
with 16 school teachers, ESL Coordinators, Adult ESL teachers, multicultural liaison coordinators, school principals, former ESL students

14. Education Community Forum in The capital city
with 16 school teachers, ESL Coordinators, Adult ESL teachers, multicultural liaison coordinators, school principals, former ESL students

15. Education and Service Providers Forum in The capital city - French

16. ISAP and LINC Forum in The major city
16 people would be brought in from across Region with travel and lodging expenses paid by the Settlement Directorate. They would represent ISAP workers and LINC childminders. 

June 25

17. Service Providers Forum in The northern city
with 16 staff from non-profit housing, legal aid, social planning council, community and public health, womens shelters, community centres for women, children and seniors, family and childrens services

18. Service Providers Forum in The capital city
with 16 staff from non-profit housing, legal aid, social planning council, community and public health, womens shelters, community centres for women, children and seniors, family and childrens services

19. Government and Private Funders Forum
16 people from funding stakeholders.

20. HOST Forum
16 people representing HOST volunteers and Private Sponsors

Forum Design
Presentation will be designed in consultation with THE CLIENT staff.
Part I - Short Presentation to be developed, based on
Newcomer needs
1.	search for employment / retraining / access to trades, professions
2.	acquire language ability
3.	obtain stable housing
4.	obtain legal assistance
5.	mental, dental and general health services
6.	learn coping strategies to handle stresses of cultural adjustment
7.	family reunification

Newcomer current situation:
1.	majority of newcomers use own network of family and friends to fulfil needs
2.	20% use community services to find language training and job related services
3.	43% had not accessed any community programme.

Service Providers needs
1.	underpaid workers, need for more workers
2.	funds for administration and services for refugee claimants
3.	high turnover
4.	lack of training
5.	better and consistent communications between and amongst clients, THE CLIENT and agencies to coordinate services
6.	services for particular groups, such as lifeskills training for women leaving abusive situations, counseling for torture victims.
7.	services sensitive to the needs of those fleeing untenable situations
8.	youth and seniors

Part II - Brainstorm of Additional Needs
This will be a brainstorm in which everyone is encourage to add to the lists above to see if there is any change in the general prioritation, especially of newcomers needs

Part III - Blockages to Meeting the Needs
This will begin with a brainstorm of the issues, irritants, blocks and difficulties that have been experienced in handling the needs of newcomers. The participants will then discuss the information to determine the major recurring blockages that seem to be systemic in nature. These systemic blocks are points of leverage around which new and innovative strategies must be created if anything is to change.

Part IV - Innovative Strategies and Programs
This will begin by small teams generating approaches for dealing with the major blocks. It is at this point that innovation and creativity will be generated. This will be followed by the entire group looking for patterns in the approaches and ideas. We will be looking for a consensus at this point, which will help THE CLIENT to decide new strategies and innovative programs that are necessary.

The Forums would be promoted as 9:00 a.m. - 12:00 noonwith lunch included.after that. Participants who wish can stay and have further discussions in the afternoon

Forum Products

For data collection the Forums will use a combination of:
1.	worksheets for each participant which will be gathered at the end of the Forum
2.	individual’s prioritized items which will be discussed by the group
3.	new items which come from small group discussions
4.	consensual items which go through group processing

In total, the product we anticipate is:
4,800 bits of data suggested by individuals
1,040 items which will be discussed by the group
300 consensual items
100 new approaches that are well thought through
A set of 30 prioritized items covering all aspects of THE CLIENT’s work

These products would be documented in the final report with back up references sourced from the various meetings.
Forum Costs
Facilitation	$20,000 	(reflecting cost of potential full days) 
Honorariums	2,000	(for 1 The major city Newcomers Forum)
Documentation	2,500
Lunch for 320 people @ $15	4,800	(can be reduced if no lunch required)
Recruitment 	$11,000
Room, equipment Rentals	$4,000
Travel, etc	$3,000
Analysis	$4,000
Report	$2,000
Total	$53,300
	
Methods of selecting Forum participants

Method 1 - ICA sets up Forums directly

ICA would set the locations of all forums, generally in hotels in an area, and proceed to invite organizations directly from mailing lists provided by THE CLIENT. 
Sample letter from ICA / THE CLIENT to hundreds of service providers.

Dear Service Provider, May 28
	Citizenship and Immigration would like your opinion on how to fine tune and enhance those bridging services and programs which assist newcomers to become self reliant and participating members of society as soon as possible.

There are two methods of input:
a) ICA will conduct Forums
b) a questionnaire will be administered in early July. If you cannot attend the Forums, you will receive a questionnaire. 
16 seats at the Forums will be handed on a first-come first serve basis. 

If you would like to personally attend the Forum in your area, or send a delegate on your behalf, please let us know by June 4. 


 
Needs Analysis Questionnaire - Referred to as Task I

The best use of a needs analysis questionnaire in this consultative process is 
1) to quantify the value of the new innovations developed during the Forums from the perspectives of the Service Providers. 
2) to bring general ideas of the new innovations to the attention of all service providers.

Surveys are not good at developing innovative ideas, and as needs assessment tools they only give a first impression of needs of the respondents. 

For this reason, in this consultation process we propose that the questionnaire be done after the focus groups and Forums have been completed.

In this consultation the Forums will develop dozens of new ideas and innovations, many of which will have a high degree of consensus around them. They will be qualitative in nature, but the processes used during the Forum will give priorities to the ideas and innovations. 

A questionnaire can serve as a check to the Forum results and will give an additional acceptable framework of quantification which will be helpful in deciding procedures and dollar values of new programs.

When organizations are polled, and not people, it is almost impossible to have a statistically accurate survey, because we have no idea who will actually answer the survey. Nevertheless, anyone who takes the time and effort to answer the questionnaire will give valuable input into the perspective of that organization on the innovations and ideas developed from the Forums. 

About 2,500 will be sent out. Steps will be taken to ensure at least 300 are returned for analysis. In this case, since the survey is not a random sample, the percentage error is not the main consideration. The key consideration is “Did a large number of stakeholders, who have a great deal of experience in the topic, get the chance to participate?” and “What do these questionnaire results tell us about the priority given to particular Forum results.”

ICA has the expertise to determine the questions, select the sample size, administer the survey by mail and fax, and evaluate the results.
Cost will be $11,000, based upon:
1. 2,500 surveys mailed out with return envelopes
2. a maximum of 10 multiple choice and 5 open-ended questions
3. general respondent within the organization.

Some agencies will be approached to ensure that the questionnaire has a broad enough distribution.
1. 	Region Council of Agencies Servicing Immigrants
2. 	Continuing Education School Boards Association
3. 	Association of Colleges
4. 	Teachers of English as Second Language (TESL)
5. 	Ethno Cultural Council
7. 	Francophone Association

ICA will work with THE CLIENT to determine the mailing lists necessary to send out to a general broad distribution. It is assumed that THE CLIENT has electronic mailing lists of about 2,000 people and that another 500 may be purchased by ICA from certain Service Providers..
 
Sample letter to respondents

Dear Service Provider, June 30
	Citizenship and Immigration would like your opinion on how assist newcomers to become self reliant and participating members of society as soon as possible.

The following questionnaire reflects answers from Forums involving 320 people. Could you please comment on the results of those forums?. The results of the questionnaire will be used to develop program and service enhancements from a one-time infusion of additional funds from the Federal Government in 1998 which could become available to partnering organizations for important and innovative programs and services that meet the needs of newcomers.


While the questionnaire would be conducted in English and French, the complilation, analysis and final report would be in English. 


Costs of the Questionnaire - Options

ICA mail out and fax questionnaire	$11,000
 

One on One Interviews - Referred to as Task V

The purpose of the one-on-one interviews is to test the innovations developed from the Forums against the requirements and expections of employers and Police.

There is sufficient literature on what employers want from employees to make it unneccesary to use these interviews for that purpose.

General Research Questions

1) What experiences does the employer have with newcomers? What made them positive or negative experiences? 

2) Which new innovations would make the newcomer more employable from the perspective of the employer, and which new innovations would be irrelevant?

3) What level of support would the employer be prepared to give to existing programs and new innovations if it helps provide qualified workers?

4) What steps taken by THE CLIENT or Service Providers would be relevant to assist employers in hiring qualified newcomers?

Sample Size

The sample size need only be large enough to determine:
a)	if any results of the Forums and Questionnaires contradict employer policies
b)	if any results run contrary to employer philosophy or practice
c)	which results would be beneficial to employers in their hiring practices
d)	which results could be promoted from an employer’s point of view

The best respondents will be employers who have enough experience with newcomers to know if the innovations determined during the Forums and Questionnairs will have any beneficial impact on the employees. We propose face to face interviews with the owners of 17 medium size businesses (10-50 employees) who have a history of hiring newcomers, and three police. These medium size businesses are run by people who have a wide range of experience in dealing with all types of people and problems, but who are also generally interested in the lives of their employees. 

The interviews would be done face to face and would take about one week to complete.

Costs of One on One Interviews

Set up	$3,500
Interviews	$4,500
Transciption	$1000
Analysis	$1,500
Total	10,500

 
All Other Newcomers - Referred to as Task VI


There are two times when Newcomer input would be most valuable.

At the very beginning of the consultation, in order to confirm the past research on newcomer needs and to confirm a set of general priorities which can be responded to by the the Service Providers during their Forums.

At the very end of the consultation, to look at the new innovations and ideas which have been generated by the research, and to make a newcomer’s judgement on how useful it actually might be.

Two Forums at the beginning and two at the end would be sufficient to do this work. 

Twenty-five people could attend each Forum, which would be held in The major city.

Newcomers Costs
Facilitation	$4,000
Honorarium - 100 participants @ $40	4,000
Documentation	1,000
Recruitment 	$3,000
Rentals	$800
Analysis	$2,400
Report	$500
Forum Costs Total		$15,700
 

Consolidated Budget to THE CLIENT

Forum Costs
Facilitation	$20,000
Honorariums	2,000
Documentation	2,500
Lunch for 320 people @ $15	4,800
Recruitment 	$11,000
Room, equipment Rentals	$4,000
Travel, etc	$3,000
Analysis	$4,000
Report	$2,000
Total		$53,000	

Questionnaire
ICA mail out and fax questionnaire		$11,000

One on One Interviews
Set up	$3,500
Interviews	$4,500
Typing	$1,000
Analysis	$1,500
One on One Inteviews Total		10,500


Newcomers Costs
Facilitation	$4,000
Honorarium - 100 participants @ $40	4,000
Documentation	1,000
Recruitment 	$3,000
Rentals	$800
Analysis	$2,400
Report	$500
Forum Costs Total		$15,700
Training Session & THE CLIENT Staff Forum		3,600
Compilation of all Results and Report		4,800
Travel and Per diems for Participants		15,000
Send out short report to all participants		2,500

Total		$116,100

GST		$8,127

Grand Total		124,277
 


Payments out
Hotel costs
Room Rental to Hotels	10*100	1,000
Room rental to orgs	14*200	2,800
Coffee to hotels	10*16*5	800
Coffee to Organizations	14*16*3	672
Lunch to Hotels	10*16*15	2,400
Lunch to Organizations	10*15*16	2,400
Total to orgs ($5,872 or 587 each)
First Mailout
Postage 	2,500*.45	1125
Printed envelopes	2,500*.15	375
Printed Letters	2,500*.12	300

Faxes Long distance	200*.20	40
Long distance recruitment	400*.40	160
New telephone chip		400
New telephone		200
New phone line		90
Room Rental 2 months	2*450	900
Survey subcontract		8,000
Admin Assistant (May 25-June 30)		2,500
Honorarium to Newcomers (June 11, July 15)	$40* 100	4,000
Honorarium to Newcomers (June 15)	$40* 30	1200

Forum Travel and per diems
The capital city The major city The capital city - flight with taxi		400
The major city The western city the major city by car		100
The major city the major city by car		80
The major city the major city by car		50
The major city The major city flight with taxi		600
The major city The northern city The major city flight with taxi		1000
Per diems for above		500

Extra Facilitators
French in The capital city ()		600
French in The capital city ()		600
French in The capital city ()		600
English in The capital city ()		600

Computers
Admin assistant computer rental 2 months	2*200	400
Computer 	3*200	600

Taxis around the major city for facilitators	50 rides * 10	500

Materials
Final Report design and printing		300
Report to Participants design and printing	2,500*$.50	1250
Mailing short report out to participants	2,500 * .58	1,450

Total Expenditures Out		$38,992		
	
 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>19 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='19'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Orphans and Vulnerable Children Project </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >To identify distressed communities with special focus on children, provide material relief, enhance  community coping strategies and contribute towards the National Response to the HIV and AIDS pandemic and the National Plan of Action for Orphans and Vulnerable Children in a cultural and gender sensitive way </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Orphans and Vulnerable Children Project

Motivation * 
The Projects was registered as a local non-governmental organization in 1994 as No 13/94 under the former Welfare Organisations Act, now the Private Organisations Act. The city is now designated as a province and this has meant that The Project regularises its operations with the relevant local government bodies. The Project has formally advised these authorities and has been granted permission to operate in four high-density suburbs.


Mission
 “To identify distressed communities with special focus on children, provide material relief, enhance  community coping strategies and contribute towards the National Response to the HIV and AIDS pandemic and the National Plan of Action for Orphans and Vulnerable Children in a cultural and gender sensitive way”.

The distressed communities that The Project works with are characterised by absolute poverty, displacement, prevalence of HIV and AIDS, limited access to basic facilities of water and sanitation, education, shelter, health, food and gender based violence. The Projects initial response to distressed communities is through relief and gradually building on the already existing capacity of the communities to handle life’s challenges on their own.

2.2b. Motivation *

The intention of The Project’s mission statement is fairly clear. The statement addresses:
•	The target group The Project serves
•	The needs of the target group, and
•	The means/ways those needs are to be met.

Target group: The target group that The Project works with consists of distressed communities, with special focus on orphaned and vulnerable children.
Needs: The needs of the target group are basically of a humanitarian nature; including access to shelter, food, sanitation, education, security from sexual abuse, and health, with special focus on relief from and prevention of HIV/AIDS.
Means: The Project seeks to meet the needs of distressed communities by, in the first instance, providing immediate relief, and then gradually building the capacities of the communities to cope with life’s challenges.

However, by stating that part of the mission is to contribute to
•	the National Response to the HIV and AIDS pandemic, and
•	the National Plan of Action for Orphans and Vulnerable children,
the mission statement is premised on the assumption that the readers of the statement are familiar with the two documents.

The Project’s mission statement addresses legitimate needs of poor distressed communities with a focus on the most vulnerable, namely children. 

The statement approaches the needs of the target group in a relevant way. The immediate need of distressed communities is relief. In the longer term, however, the appropriate answer to the communities’ needs is to build capacity to cope with life’s challenges. The statement therefore spells out how The Project intends to work with the target communities towards reducing their poverty and helplessness, while enhancing community coping mechanisms. 

In addition to complementing the National Response to HIV and AIDS, and the National Plan of Action for Orphans and Vulnerable Children, The Project is also responding to the Millennium Development Goals. The conditions that characterise the distressed communities that The Project works with are symptoms of the underlying problem of poverty. The Project’s tenets of poverty reduction and enhancing community coping mechanisms reflect its humanitarian-oriented focus for the satisfaction of the needs of distressed communities.   


Strategy
THE PROJECT  had a strategic planning workshop in 2001 where it sought to introduce The Project staff to the critical components of the strategic plan and the tools for its development. The result of the workshop was an agreement by The Project staff to develop strategies for each program including the key result areas in line with the revised vision and mission.

In 2005, in response to Operation Restore Order, another strategic planning workshop was held. This workshop resulted in the current strategic plan whose framework is outlined below: 

Broad Goal: To identify distressed communities with special focus on children, provide material relief, enhance community coping strategies and contribute towards the National Plan of Action for Orphans and Vulnerable Children, the Millennium Development Goals and the National Response to the HIV and AIDS pandemic in a cultural and gender sensitive manner”.

Sub Goals:

1. To contribute to improved quality of life for OVC in High Density suburbs
2. To foster community response to HIV and AIDS using various strategies for prevention, care and management.
3. To improve livelihoods and economic empowerment of disadvantaged communities
4. To provide Participatory Health and Hygiene Education as well as provision of safe potable water and waste disposal systems of disadvantaged communities.

Instruments:

For each sub-goal there is a comprehensive Programme which act as an instrument for the achievement of the strategy. The programmes are outlined below:
Sub-goal No.	Sub-goal	Programme
1.	To contribute to improved quality of life for OVC in High Density suburbs	Psychosocial Support Programme
2	To foster community response to HIV and AIDS using various strategies for prevention, care and management	HIV and AIDS Programme
3	To improve livelihoods and economic empowerment of disadvantaged communities	Livelihoods Programme
4	To provide Participatory Health and Hygiene Education as well as provision of safe potable water and waste disposal systems of disadvantaged communities	Emergency Water and Sanitation Programme

 Each programme seeks to address the described objective, but they all contribute synergistically to the achievement of the Organisation’s mission. To ensure effectiveness of the instruments there is a Monitoring and Evaluation Unit for all programmes.
 
Expected Results/Achievements.

Below is a list of the expected results/ achievements of the mission by using the outlined strategy:
Sub-goal No.	Programme	Expected results/ achievements
1.	Psychosocial Support Programme	1.	Increased access to quality education by orphans and other vulnerable children
2.	Improved community child protection mechanisms/ channels
3.	Equipped community management structures on child protection issues
4.	Improved psychosocial support and life skills for OVC 
2	HIV and AIDS Programme	1.	Improved community responses to HIV and AIDS
2.	Increased access to HIV and AIDS information and prevention services
3.	Improved community based care and management of PLWA
3	Livelihoods Programme	1.	Improved nutritional status of OVC in High density suburbs.
2.	 Increased enrollment, attendance, retention and concentration of OVC in school 
3.	Improved sources of livelihoods for vulnerable communities with special focus on OVC
4	Emergency Water and Sanitation Programme	1.	Improved and easy access to safe water and sanitation facilities by vulnerable communities especially women and OVC
2.	Increased health and hygiene information and practices by the community.
3.	Safe and healthy environment
To ensure the achievement of organisational objectives, material, financial and human resources are allocated to the programmes. The allocation of human resources to the programmes is covered in section 7 of this document.

3.2a. Assess the quality of the operationalisation of the mission into goals, sub-goals, outputs (select an option). *

Highly Satisfactory

3.2b. Motivation *

There is a clear logical flow from the Organisation’s mission into goals, sub-goals and expected results/ outputs. The outputs that are achieved through specified programmes/ instruments collectively represent the measure of the achievement of the mission of the Organisation.

The logical linkages of goals, sub-goals and programmes facilitate the effective and efficient allocation of material, financial and human resources.


4. External factors and relations
4.1a. How is the functioning of the organisation influenced by external factors? (select an option) *
 
Likely

4.1b. Motivation *
THE PROJECT  is operating in an environment characterised by spiralling inflation, politically sensitive issues, gender based violence, high morbidity and mortality.

Economic environment: The Country  an economy is currently characterised by economic recession, high unemployment and hyper-inflationary conditions. This affects The Project in two principal ways, namely;
a)	The economic conditions increase the plight of the distressed communities and consequently the demand for the services of the organisation.
b)	 Increases in the organisation’s operational costs place a heavy strain on financial resources. Budgetary planning is based on official exchange rates, whilst inflationary pressures are driven by parallel market exchange rates. This is further exacerbated by the fact that implementation is staggered and during the process the cost of materials and services will be spiralling.

Social environment: The economic environment has direct social effects on the distressed communities. Distressed communities, who are already marginalized by the economic conditions of poverty, unemployment and hyper-inflation, are also affected by HIV and AIDS, gender violence, family breakdowns, inadequate basic facilities, especially education and health. At the operational level this presents a challenge in that almost everyone amongst the target communities becomes vulnerable. Besides placing a strain on the financial resources of the organisation, these conditions also reduce the volunteer base of the organisation. Everyone is fighting for basic economic survival.

Political environment: The target groups are victims of Operation Restore Order, which involved the relocation of communities into areas with minimal infrastructure. Their new areas of residence are politically sensitive.
 However, The Project has been granted permission to work in these areas.



THE PROJECT  is an implementing organisation. It does not use counterparts to fulfil its objectives.

The Project’s partners are the communities that it works with and organisations that are operating in the same area.  Attached is information describing the organisations and their activities; see table A1. 
THE PROJECT  is the secretariat to The Country   Network for Informal Settlement Action, a coordinating body of organisations working in informal settlements for advocacy, networking, information sharing and avoiding duplication.  
 

The Project’s public support base is the local community structures.

In Community One, the following structures exist; 
•	Child Protection Committee, which counsels children, selects beneficiaries for educational assistance and educates the community on issues to do with child protection for the Psychosocial Support programme.  It also looks out for child abuse cases. 

•	Home Based Carers that are involved in the care and management of the HIV and AIDS infected and affected.
 
•	Youth Peer Educators who are involved in issues of counselling, reproductive health, income generating activities, selection of beneficiaries and awareness campaigns.  Both the Psychosocial Support & the HIV & AIDS programmes work with Peer Educators.
•	Water and Sanitation Committee oversees the Water and Sanitation activities at grassroots level. It monitors the provision of adequate, clean and potable water and sanitation facilities as well as promotes health and hygiene education to the community. This committee is also responsible for the operation, maintenance and monitoring of facilities and is involved in the selection of CABA as per agreed criteria. 

•	Pre-School Committee is a team of volunteers that coordinates activities for the pre-schools. It negotiates and determines minimal fees, maintains temporary pre-school structures, represents pre-schools at networking meetings and jointly with other community structures identifies OVC as per agreed criteria. 
      The local community selected all these structures.

Community Two
The Project is faced by a daunting challenge of political interference. The committee was selected by the administration. However, The Project will endeavour to target our beneficiaries within each programme using the former community structures of HBC providers, Youth Peer Educator and Pre-school committees. These structures used to provide the same services as are being provided for by the community structures. 

The communities participate not only in the implementation of programmes but also in monitoring and evaluation.


Motivation *
THE PROJECT  is operating in an environment characterised by spiralling inflation, politically sensitive issues, gender based violence, high morbidity and mortality.

Economic environment: The The Country  an economy is currently characterised by economic recession, high unemployment and hyper-inflationary conditions. This affects The Project in two principal ways, namely;
c)	The economic conditions increase the plight of the distressed communities and consequently the demand for the services of the organisation.
d)	 Increases in the organisation’s operational costs place a heavy strain on financial resources. Budgetary planning is based on official exchange rates, whilst inflationary pressures are driven by parallel market exchange rates. This is further exacerbated by the fact that implementation is staggered and during the process the cost of materials and services will be spiralling.

Social environment: The economic environment has direct social effects on the distressed communities. Distressed communities, who are already marginalized by the economic conditions of poverty, unemployment and hyper-inflation, are also affected by HIV and AIDS, gender violence, family breakdowns, inadequate basic facilities, especially education and health. At the operational level this presents a challenge in that almost everyone amongst the target communities becomes vulnerable. Besides placing a strain on the financial resources of the organisation, these conditions also reduce the volunteer base of the organisation. Everyone is fighting for basic economic survival.

Political environment: The target groups are victims of Operation Restore Order, which involved the relocation of communities into areas with minimal infrastructure. Their new areas of residence are politically sensitive.
 However, The Project has been granted permission to work in these areas.

THE PROJECT  is an implementing organisation. It does not use counterparts to fulfil its objectives.
Psyshosocial Support Programme: Before Operation Restore Order / Murambatsvina the Psyshosocial Support programme facilitated the establishment of pre-schools and informal schools in peri-urban informal settlements. Pre-school teachers and informal school teachers were trained on how to communicate with children and on basic counselling skills.  Schools started on an infomal basis but were later registered and fully staffed by the ministry of education.

OVC were equipped with life skills through Pychosocial Support camps and workshops.

Previously trained preschool teachers mobilised resources and initiated the establishment of pre-schools.  The Project moved in to support them through training, pre-school feeding, the setting up of temporary structures and provision of sanitation facilities.

A knitting project targeting girl children was established. Through this project girls learnt knitting skills. The Project used this as a forum for the girls to discuss reproductive health issues.  

OVC and PLWAS received targeted food baskets and hygiene kits. 

Over the years The Project has provided educational support to OVC in High Density communities. Currently The Project is providing educational support to 598 OVC.  

The Project has provided  community members with life skills and survival skills.

HIV and AIDS Programme: Under the HIV and AIDS programme The Project provided youths with HIV and AIDS information and trained them in puppetry, theatre and arts. The youth, in turn, trained their communities through song, dance and drama.

One The Project Officer was in New York for five days to share experiences on Children and HIV and AIDS with Inter-Faith organisations.  

Peer exchange programmes took place in 2003-2005 in three countries and The Country on HIV and AIDS awareness and prevention.  Three youths, accompanied by one officer, attended each exchange in the three countries.

In 2006, one officer took four youths and two Home Based Care providers to Kenya to learn about Home Based Care under an organisation called GROOTS-KENYA.  The programme produces a youth magazine bi-annually, whose articles are written by the youths.  The programme also has a Home Based Care team.

To date 22 People Living With Aids (PLWA) were referred to the Clinic, a clinic that treats opportunistic infections and which also provides counselling and anti-retroviral drugs.  Six people are already on Anti-Retroviral-Therapy (ART).

The youths were also equipped with business skills that they are using in their income generating projects (phone shop project, knitting project for girls, candle and soap selling project).

Both the Psychosocial Support and the HIV and AIDS programmes work with the Youth Peer Educators in issues of counselling, reproductive health, income generating activities, selection of beneficiaries and awareness campaigns. 

Motivation
The strategic approach of The Project is designed to ensure the sustainability of the impact of the organisation’s activities. Inevitably, the initial intervention of The Project is the provision of immediate relief. Thereafter, The Project works on gradually building the capacity of the community to cope with life’s challenges. 

Three factors help to make the impact of The Project’s activities operationally and financially sustainable;
•	The Project’s activities are community based and participatory. As discussed under 4.4 the various community based groups and committees are involved in the implementation and evaluation of the organisation’s programmes.
•	THE PROJECT  provides community members with relevant training in order to achieve changes in values and attitudes and to impart skills. The Project holds workshops to disseminate information to selected groups on such issues as children’s rights, and HIV and AIDS. The relevant community groups and committees, in their turn, pass on the information to their communities. For instance, The Project trained volunteers are involved in the early childhood development programme in the pre-school centres. The Project trained Child Protection Committee members educate the community on issues to do with child protection. Trained youth educators are involved in providing communities with information on HIV and AIDS. The Project also facilitate life skills training of community members.
•	THE PROJECT  facilitates the starting of income generating activities, which reduce dependence on handouts. The introduction of income generating projects has reduced the number of idle youths


XX6. Structure & Culture

The Board is the principal policy making body of the organisation. As the Chief Executive Officer of the organisation, the Director is the link between the Board and the Secretariat.  The principal management functions in the organisation are;
•	Programmes (including programme monitoring and evaluation), and
•	Finance and Administration.
Programmes and Finance and Administration are each headed by a manager. Programme Officers responsible for Psychosocial Support, Aids and HIV, Livelihoods, and Monitoring and Evaluations, as well as 2 Project Officers for water and sanitation, report to the Programme Manager. Appendix 2 shows details of the formal organisation structure of the project.

The Project operates through a network of committees and volunteers, who serve as an extension of The Project’s formal organisation structure. See appendix A.

Management Style

THE PROJECT  pursues a participatory management style, which allows staff members to contribute to matters of management.  Communications are open and hierarchical. The Director practices an open door policy. The Project’s organisational culture is based on teamwork and professionalism. This provides room for multiskilling that is important since all programmes interlink. The team acts in utmost good faith and practises transparency. For effective programming the programme staff including the Controller/ Office Manager and the Director meets every Monday to review progress, share lessons learnt, discuss challenges faced and together forge the way forward. Synergies among programmes are deliberated on and complimenting of programmes achieved while avoiding duplication.  A Staff Welfare Committee, which represents the concerns of all The Project staff, is in place. The Board takes a hands-on approach and is highly involved in providing guidance to the organisation. Funding partners also give guidance and support to the project.


6.3b Motivation

The organisational structure is clear and each post has a defined job description. Every officer is conversant with his/her role within the organisation and at community level. However, the synergies of programmes allow for versatility.  The organisational structure is based on the needs of the partner communities which translate into the programmes. In turn, the organisational goals mirror and fulfil the aspirations of the community. The Project’s democratic management style of open door policy, professionalism and teamwork allows for programme staff to freely contribute their expertise to programme implementation. The Project’s culture of teamwork has prepared its staff to become multiskilled and be able to rise up to any challenges. 


Inputs

Function/Position	Number in position	Current Holder	Qualifications/ Training courses
Director	1	one	Masters in Social Work, bachelor of Social Work, Diploma in Social Work/ Leadership and Management development, Computer training, SEDAW and Gender training, Child Protagonism, Juvenile Justice training, VIPP, Human rights approach to programming, PRA training, Community Capacity Building Training.
Programme Manager	1	Vacant	Minimum requirements: A Social Science degree and at least five years working experience, 2 of which should be at management level. Diploma in Human Resources Management is an added advantage. Should a team member and developer. Should have outstanding analytical and conceptual skills and demonstrated organizational effectiveness at a strategic and operational level.
Office Manager/ Financial controller	1	two	Advanced Diploma in Financial Accounting and Economics, Intermediate Certificate in Business Management, Fellow institute of International bookkeepers Limited (UK).
Accounting Assistant	1	Vacant	Minimum requirements: Five O levels plus two A levels, Advanced bookkeeping qualification. Working towards attaining professional qualification such as IAC, CIS or B. Com. Experience in an NGO environment.
HIV &AIDS Programme Officer	1	three	Bachelor of Education Degree, Diploma in Project Management, Certificate in HIV and AIDS care and Management, Certificate in Counselling, Diploma in Youth work, Certificate in child counselling, HIV/AIDS VCT for PMTCT programme, Facilitator’s course in HIV/AIDS behaviour change, Regional Training on Traditional Medicine and other Alternative therapies in HIV/AIDS Prevention and Care.
Psychosocial Support Programme Officer	1	four	Bachelor of Education degree in Education, Administration, Planning and Policy Studies, Diploma in family Therapy, Diploma in Training Management, Certificate in Child Counselling, Facilitator’s Certificate in HIV & AIDS behaviour change programme, HIV/AIDS Lifeskills and Gender
Livelihoods Programme Officer	1	Five	Diploma in Health and Adult Education, Diploma in Counselling, Diploma in Nutritional care and support, for PLWA, Certificate in food inspection, Child counselling and development, Project Management and Leadership course. 
Monitoring and Evaluation Programme Officer	1	Six	Bachelor of Science in Health Education and Health Promotion, Biostatistics and Epidemiology Training for Health Professionals, Diploma in Training Management, Project cycle management course. Monitoring tools in reproductive health programmes
Water and sanitation Project Officer (Emergency)	2	Seven and Eight	1.	Post Graduate Diploma in water Supply and Sanitation, Certificate in Application of Gender and Poverty Analysis tools for water supplies and Sanitation.
2.	Bachelor of Science (Hons) in Land and Water Resources Management, Post Graduate Diploma in Water Supply and Sanitation.
Assistant Monitoring and Evaluation Officer (temporary)	1	Nine	BSc Honours degree in Agricultural Economics and Development, Project Cycle management course, School Feeding Implementation Course, Computer courses. 
Reports Officer (temporary)	1	Ten	BSc honours Degree in Education, Computer Courses, Training in  Administration and Analysis of monitoring tools –CARE, School Feeding Implementation Course 
Receptionist	1	Eleven	Private Secretarial Diploma, Certificate in wages and Payroll Administration.
Messenger	1	Twelve	Driver’s Licence, Motor Maintenance training, Computer Literacy
THE PROJECT  presently employs 12 members of staff.

The above have several years practical experiences in the jobs.

To build organisational capacity, The Project has adopted a training culture. Staff members attend one refresher course per year to improve their skills and job knowledge. Members of staff have been trained in many areas including palliative care, child protection, advocacy, code of conduct for humanitarian workers, conflict and stress management, documentation and dissemination. Consequently, members of staff possess diverse skills in administration, programming, monitoring and evaluation.
THE PROJECT  is operating from rented premises. Some members of staff share an office.  

All members of staff have the office furniture and fittings required for their operations.  

Each member of staff has a computer. All, except four of these computers are old models with low capacity. Members of staff have restricted internet services, but each member is on full time email.

THE PROJECT  has two old vehicles.



DONOR	Year 2006
US $	Year 2005 US $	Year 2004 US $	Year 2003 US $	Year 2002
US $

Brought fwd	  31,508.09	    3,277.84	  44,111.16	 117,251.50	   174,195.20
Administration	(15,494.00)	   19,645.86	 (28,326.25)	130,504.85	1,391,427.13
Donor 1	  12,801.46	        245.85	  (5,003.92)	  29,746.61	     18,445.50
Donor 2	   (2,983.42)	     2,111.30	  37,142.99	  20,123.28	     58,662.85
Donor 3	   (139.78)	        (82.56)        		  18,749.49	
Donor 4	11,350.67	      (200.04)			
Donor 5		          (2.01)	   (4,376.92)		
Donor 6	   1408.22	          87.29	          10.86	    9,926.42	    55,205.53
Donor 7					       7,684.66
Donor 8		       (186.45)	     4,773.68	    6,981.45	      6,0582.11
Donor 9	70,662.03	    12,797.33	   (3,611.58)		
Donor 10					         6,018.69
Donor 11	(5,108.94)				
Donor 12					             (22.43)
Donor 13				   8.568.63	       (15,324.43)
TOTAL US$	104,005.00	    37,694.41	     44,720.00	341,852.00	  1,756,874.83

 The Projects annual staff and overhead budget is currently standing at US$5,044

-FINANCIAL RATIOS:(Liquidity /Solvency)
Credit risk in respect of receivables are limited because The Project does not have any trade customers.  It is a non profit organization and therefore does not trade for profit making. All donations received are earmarked for specific prgrammes. The liquidity/solvency rations for the year 2005 are indicated in the table below;

Finanacial ratios for 2005
  
Accumulated fund	local$3,188,478,580
Liabilities	  local$104,092,386
Current assets	local$3,280,381,943
Liquidity ratio:current asstes /current liabilities	
31.51 :1
Solvency ratio: total asstes /total liabilities	1:1
	
In terms of liquidity the organisation was able to meet its finances.
Solvency ratio is one to one  which indicates  a break even situation for the organisation.

The table below shows the main sources of income during the last 3 to 5 years.

Main sources of income during the last 3 to 5 years are as follows:

DONOR	Year 2006
US $	Year 2005 US $	Year 2004 US $	Year 2003 US $	Year 2002 US $

Donor 1	  18,723.00	  3,487.00
	29,323.00	   33,778.00	  31,555.39
Donor 2		5,814.00	 43,282.00	   33,158.00	         132,874.33
Donor 3	      4,163.00	  6,987.00	      827.00	      10,300.00	            146,127.37
Donor 4			     7,999.00	      10,169.00	
Donor 5	     95,665.00	28,167.00	   25,940.00	      10,220.00	
Donor 6	       2,487.00	     704.00	     9,903.00	    15,518.00	    55,595.35
Donor 7					  100,083.19
Donor 8					     47,333.09
Donor 9		   2,038.00	   15,104.00	    11,365.00	      80,249.61
Donor 10				   37,499.00	
Donor 11	    13,799.00	    325.00	     423.00	     4,377.00	
Donor 12	     16,619.00	   5,485.00			
TOTALUS$	    151,457.00	53,007.00	 132,801.00	  166,385.00	     593,818.00

7.4b. Motivation *
The present staff compliment of 12 has been managing to implement The Project’s programmes after Operation Restore Order. However, as programming expands (if funding permits), there will be need to gradually increase to a compliment of 15. 

THE PROJECT  does not have certain items of equipment required by staff to implement programmes. These include modern computers, laptop, camera, scanner, flipchart stand, TV and VCR.

Present funding is inadequate, provided on a short-term basis and continuously eroded by inflation 


Monitoring, evaluation and quality management
THE PROJECT  has a Monitoring and Evaluation Unit that serves all programmes. To facilitate routine monitoring, appropriate tools are designed to capture specified indicators and programme activities. 

Routine field visits and spot checks are also done by programme staff while maintaining constant communication between the community, stakeholders and Funding Partners.  

THE PROJECT  staff holds weekly progress meetings.

THE PROJECT  staff also attends monthly Committee meetings in areas of Water and Sanitation, Education, Child Protection, Nutrition, Health and District AIDS Action. These meetings go a long way towards networking and coordination at Inter Agency level. The unit also participates in inter-agency intervention mapping exercises.

 Each programme has an established database with a comprehensive input -output and impact monitoring strategy. The input -output and impact-monitoring sheet encourages and ensures accountable performance of programmes and is one of the key features of a management of information system. In addition to the input -output and impact-monitoring sheet, specific activities are captured on standardised formats with focus on key programme indicators or milestones of programme progress. Reports are also produced after workshops and trainings. Together these ensure accurate and realistic reporting of programme achievements.

THE PROJECT  is direct implementing agency. It is not, therefore, an intermediate organisation, which operates through counterpart organisations.

8.3b. Motivation *

The monitoring and evaluation system that is in place is effective in tracking programme indicators right from inputs to outputs and this goes a long way in ensuring accountable performance of programmes. This is supported by the presence of specific tools to capture useful information from inputs to outputs –see supporting documents for Internal Monitoring and Evaluation. The existing system also encourages coordination at inter-agency level through intervention mapping exercises.


Xx. Financial and administrative management
THE PROJECT  acquires financial resouces in the form of donations from its Funding Partners. The allocations of these financial resources are initially contained in the budget sections of relevant Project Proposal documents, and ultimately reflected in the Memorandums of Agreement. For each year, the budgets for resources from different Funding Partners are summarised in the aggegate annual budget for the organisation.

The Project creates accounting codes for each donor funded project as agreed in the Donor funded budget contained in the Memorandum of Agreement It uses  projects cost centres as a basis of cost allocation, therefore all project expenses are allocated to specific programme areas.
The Financial Management of The Project is governed by a formal Financial Procedures Manual, which contains;
•	Buying Procedures
•	Payment Procedures
•	Cash Book and Bank Reconciliation Procedures
•	Monthly Management Reports
•	Asset Register Accounting
•	Motor Vehicle Administration.

Before the purchase of goods or services, an internal purchase requisition must be raised and approved. A major consideration on whether an item of expenditure should be approved is whether it was provided for in the budget. After approval, depending on the nature and value involved, three quotations must be sourced from suppliers. An internal tender committee will recommend a suitable supplier and forward it to the Director for endorsement. Then an order is be placed.

As part of the budgetary control phase of the whole Budgetary Control Planning and Control System, The Project includes Variance Reports in its Monthly Management Reports.  If, as a result of the prevailing hyperinflationary conditions, prices rise to amounts that exceed the budget, the Donor will be informed of the proposed course of action.

THE PROJECT  prepares Monthly Management Accounts for management use.  The major component of the accounts are;
•	Consolidated Income and Expenditure Account, and
•	Individual Income and Expenditure Accounts for the activities funded by different Funding Partners.

At quarterly intervals, The Project prepares prepares Quarterly Financial Reports for the Board. As with the Monthly Management Accounts, the Quarterly Financial Reports contain;
•	Consolidated Income and Expenditure Accounts, and
•	Individual Income and Expenditure Accounts for the activities funded by different Funding Partners.

On an annual basis, The Project prepares a full set of Financial Statements, containing;
•	The Balance Sheet
•	Consolidated Income and Expenditure Account
•	Individual Income and Expenditure Accounts for activities funded by different Funding Partners
•	Cash Flow Statement
•	Notes to Financial Statements including Accounting Policy Notes and Supporting Schedules.

THE PROJECT  also prepares financial reports as and when they are required by individual Funding Partners. The contents of any such reports depend on the specifications of the Funding Partner.

On an annual basis, a firm of Chartered Accountants conducts a financial audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements of the organisation are free from material mistatement. In addition to reviewing the existance and effective operation of the organisation’s internal control system, the firm of Chartered Accountants examines relevant financial records. After the audit the firm prepares two documents;
•	A Management Report on Accounting and Internal Control issues that require management attention. In this report the auditors state their findings from the audit and make their recommendations. Management responds to the auditors’ comments and recommendations.
•	The Report of Independent Auditors, which forms part of the organisation’s Annual Financial Report.

THE PROJECT  has generally responded positively to the auditors’ comments and recommendations contained in the auditors Management Report. In their Report in the Annual Financial Statements, the Independent Auditors have for the past five years pointed out that the Financial Statements have not been prepared in terms of International Accounting Standard (IAS) 29 “Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies”. 

9.2b. Motivation *
THE PROJECT  has a strong Financial Management System.

The existence of a Financial Procedure Manual ensures that important financial procedures are documented. This promotes efficiency and facilitates transparency. An important part of the external audit procedures is checking on the adequacy and compliance to the laid down procedures.

The organisation’s Budgetary Planning and Control System helps to ensure that expenditure is contained within the limits of the budget. In the current hyperinflationary environment, this poses challenges. Reaching previous budget targets has been difficult because, in the current The Country  an economy, price levels are determined by parallel market exchange rates yet the organisation’s budgets are calculated using the official rate. 

The organisation’s reporting system facilitates transparency and accountability to various stakeholders. Financial reports accompany every programme narrative report, for example quarterly reports.  All programme funds have separate accounts and adequate control exist to avoid cross programme financing.

The external auditors provide an independent review of the operation of the financial management system. One major external audit is done for all programmes yearly while one donor does a specific project audit.  No single source provides more than 25% of funding.  Currently funding is available for short-term costs and medium term funding strategy exists.

The Financial Planning System is useful to management to the extent that managers, other than the Financial Manager, are financially literate. The average manager, and The Project managers are no exception, needs this training.  

10. Overall assessment of the organisational capacity

Motivation *
Overall, The Project has a sound organisational capacity in the areas of;
•	Planning
•	Organisation
•	Operations
•	Monitoring and Evaluation, and
•	Financial and Administrative Management.

The Project’s mission statement is relevant in the current economic, social and political environment. It addresses identified needs of its partner communities The timely response of The Project to its target communities’ emergency situations is evidence the clarity of its mission in operation. 

The organisation’s mission is logically translated into sub-objectives, which are in turn operationalised into programmes. The current strategic plan therefore, guides The Project’s activities as it strives to achieve its goals

The organisation’s functions (including programmes) are logically translated into the organisation’s structure. The Project’s structure, management style and culture provide a conducive environment for professional development and effective programming. 

The organisation has trained dedicated members of staff who, with continuous training and experience should continuously improve in their performance. The multi skilling culture of The Project helps facilitates the integration of the organisation’s operations. 

THE PROJECT  has the basic resources for its operations. The current hyperinflationary economic conditions pose challenges to the organisation. One way in which the organisation has adapted to the economic environment, and in the process help in fostering sustainability, is by heavily involving the communities.

THE PROJECT  has sound elements of Monitoring and Evaluation, and Financial and Administrative Management Systems. The extent to which these systems serve the organisation is a function of how they are accepted and used by line managers.
THE PROJECT  is already working in these operational areas and has already been granted permission to work there. No pre- conditions should be fulfilled before approving this project. However the organisation should be working towards renewing its equipment (computers and cars). Funds permitting the vacant posts should be filled inn.   

11. Sources
This document was filled in using information supplied by The Project staff members.

Documents Used
1.	THE PROJECT  (1994) Certificate of Registration
2.	THE PROJECT  Constitution
3.	THE PROJECT  Financial Regulations
4.	THE PROJECT  Conditions of service
5.	THE PROJECT  Code of conduct
6.	THE PROJECT  (2003) Child Welfare Programme In Peri – Urban Informal Settlements of The Country  
7.	THE PROJECT  (2005) The HIV/AIDS Awareness Programme Evaluation
8.	THE PROJECT  (2006) Responding to the Psychosocial Needs of CABA in The Country High Density Suburbs.
9.	The Research Alliance (2003) Evaluation Report on Peri – Urban Resettlements in The City  .
10.	Consultants (2000) An Evaluation of the First Year of the the projects`s Aid Educational Programme 
11.	The Project Financial Statements
12.	Internal Programme Evaluation: Child Welfare: Peri – Urban Informal Settlements.
13.	Responding to the Psychosocial Needs of CABA In The Country  : Case of High Density Suburbs, June, 2006 


 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>23 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='23'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Food Aid and Food Security 
Programme for The country        </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.  The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level.        </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' > Food Aid and Food Security 
Programme for The country

Deadline for receipt of applications: 2nd October, 2006



CONCEPT NOTE 

. 

1. Summary of the action
Please provide the following information:
1.1	Brief description of the proposed action

The UNDP report of 2003 indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Copperbelt Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second only to Livingstone. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.

The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level. The project aims at inculcating a spirit of volunteerism among the target community. A volunteer from t ICA will be attached to the project. Strong linkages that already exist between the project and permanent service providers will be strengthened. These include Ministry of Health (MoH), District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) etc.

In terms of the long term, the project will impart technical skills in family members of PLWHA to enable them produce adequate amounts of food on a sustainable basis. Training in sustainable agriculture will be provided and linkages made with the MACO.

To further secure the livelihoods of PLWHA, the project will impart entrepreneurship and marketing skills in the target group and link those that require additional finances to microfinance institutions that are already operating in the province.

2. Relevance:
Please describe the following: 
2.1	How relevant is your proposal to the needs and constraints of the target country(ies) or region?
2.2	What are the problems to be resolved and the needs to be met? 

The action will initially make available to PLWHA food through food aid. This is in order to enable HIV patients improve their nutritional status and thereby improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs. The action will also promote both conservation farming and proven sustainable agriculture methods which are less labour intensive in order to improve sustainable food production and ensure availability of food throughout the year. The action will promote crop diversification to match nutritional needs of HIV/AIDS. The project will work with an associate organisation who are experts at biodiversity and have studied nutritive values of traditional food crops which are easy and cheap to grow, process and prepare. 

The integration of food aid with actual sustainable food security which includes cultivation of traditional food crops and a home-grown home based care program are priorities of this project. This action presents an opportunity for vast impact and with massive ramifications such as fewer people contracting AIDS, fewer sick people, and therefore more PLWHA working and supporting their families and contributing to the local economy. There will be fewer families with HIV/AIDS patients, fewer orphans, positive change in behaviour and less call on already stretched health services. This Action is designed to enable resource-poor people create wealth that will facilitate the on-going implementation of further development activities and broaden their food base. 

The project will also build sufficient capacity among the target group to enable them carry on initiatives started during the duration of the project. To this end, local structures will be facilitated in home based care, agriculture and nutrition. The project will also build strong links between the target group and local permanent service providers hospital, Ministry of Health and Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives to mention but a few.

2.3	Who are the actors involved (final beneficiaries, target groups)?
The specific target community is 2nd district area. The direct beneficiaries from 2nd district area will be 500 PLWHA and the indirect beneficiaries will be the families of these 500 PLWHA making up a total of 3,000 people. (using the The countryn average of 6 persons per family)

2.4	What are the objectives and expected results?

The objectives of the project are:

•	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART
•	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families
•	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis
•	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives

Expected results are: 

•	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
•	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
•	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
•	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group

2.5	What is the added value of the action (what adds the action by reference to (central or local) government action and actions implemented by non state actors)?

•	The two country NGOs participating in this project are working in four other provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. Experiences gained through this project will no – doubt spill over to these areas
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the MoH, the Association of ARV users, New Start Centre etc makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs under the umbrella of xxx. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. 
•	The volunteer who will be attached to the project by ICA will carry the experiences gained from the project to other parts of the world
•	The ICA driven HIV/AIDS Africa conference to which A PARTNER  is a member is another channel for sharing information and experiences from the project

3. Methodology and Sustainability:
Please describe the following: 
3.1	What are the main project activities?
In the short term, the project will improve the nutritional status of identified PLWHA through food aid initiatives to support their ART programmes.
For the long term, locally managed structures will be facilitated to provide continuous support to PLWHA and their families to secure their livelihoods for PLWHA and prevention against the same as well as production of adequate amounts of food and generation of more incomes on a sustainable basis.
Strategic linkages will be made with permanent service providers and other organisations in the sector for long term support to the target group and community at large.
The target group will be provided with technical and material support to enable them start producing food and generate income

3.2	Who will be your main implementing partners, what is the length of your relationship with them and how will they be involved in the project?

There will be two implementing partners with whom has worked for the past three year. These are:

In the project, will be responsible for overall coordination of project activities, manage finances as per EC requirements, employ two Field Officers, host the volunteer from and manage all project procurements 

will be responsible for coordination of networking activities with collaborators such as the They will also employ the Project Coordinator

ICA will be responsible for placement of a Volunteer at the project and capacity building of local NGO partners through training of project staff and technical support to the project.


3.3	How will the project achieve sustainability? 

•	Income generation skills and activities that will be facilitated through the project will remain within households and can be applied long after project has phased out
•	The project will build capacity among beneficiaries to produce and prepare local foods which are normally more accessible and nutritious. 
•	The strong linkage that exists between the project and government departments and ministries (such as the MoH and MACO) will be strengthened.  These linkages will assure continuous support to the target group long after the end of the project
•	The Volunteer who will be attached to the project and the project will be imparting the spirit of volunteerism among local communities 
•	The evaluation that will be conducted after 10 months will determine funding needs and strategies for further support beyond this project
•	The project will facilitate linkages to microfinance institutions for external financing of beneficiaries that will involve themselves in business ventures. 
•	Both have a long term agenda for the target area. The capacity that this project will build in these organisations will go towards enhancing long term benefits to the target group in this area and beyond. 
•	Strengthened CPTs and Support Groups will continue to provide HBC support to PLWHA in the area 

3.4	Will it have multiplier effects?

•	The two The country NGOs participating in this project are working in four other provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. 
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the MoH, ZHECT, the Association of ARV users, New Start Centre etc makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs under the umbrella. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. 
•	The target area of this project receives many visitors and is the gateway to the south of The country. Results from the project are expected to go far and wide through the many people that visit the area
•	The volunteer who will be attached to the project by ICA will carry the experiences gained from the project to other parts of the world
•	The ICA driven HIV/AIDS Africa conference to which is a member is another channel for sharing information

4. Expertise and operational capacity:
Please describe the following: 
4.1	What is the experience of your organisation in project management?

THE ORG has gathered massive experience over its 10 year period. Some of these are:

•	Participation in the past three years in food aid programmes in close collaboration with the Disaster management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU) and the World Food Programme (WFP)
•	Implementation of humanitarian activities under the ECHO funded Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP) with OXFAM. At least 60% of households benefiting from this initiative are affected by HIV/AIDS
•	Participation in a pilot cash transfer project implemented to mitigate social and economic vulnerability among rural people
•	Implementation of Food Security Pack (FSP) programmes with Programme Against Malnutrition (PAM) in Western and North Western provinces
•	Implementation of a Forest Resource Management Project under IFAD funding in conjunction with the Government  in all the seven districts of North Western Province.
•	Implementation of livelihood projects in partnership partners with funding from

4.2. 	What is the experience of your organisation and your partner(s) of the issues to be 	addressed?

Has implemented and is still implementing various projects in three of The country’s nine provinces. Some of these are:  

•	2003- 2006: Food security project in Naluyanda involving women and families keeping orphans and poor resource farmers in Central Province 
•	2003- 2006: Food security project 
•	2004-2006: HIV/AIDS- prevention, nutrition and care for  The country National AIDS Network
•	2005- 2006: HIV/AIDS in 2nd district Project in Southern Province for PLWHA and vulnerable families.
•	2006: Women rights empowerment project funded by World Bank
•	2005 –2006: Sustainable Agriculture and HIV/AIDS for women in Central Province
•	2006: Food security project with a strong focus on HIV/AIDS
•	ICA have provided technical and facilitation support to ICAs since 1996, as well as acting as project holders for the following:

•	1996-2003: Integrated Development Programme, 
•	1999-2002: Health and Leadership programme, 
•	2000-2003: Integrated Rural Development programme for Women
•	2000-2004: Integrated Development Programme, 

I.	THE ACTION
1.	DESCRIPTION

1.1	Title

2nd district Food Security Project (CFSP)

1.2	Location(s)

2nd district area in The district in the Southern Province of The country


Total eligible cost of the action	Amount requested from the Contracting Authority	% of total eligible cost of action
734,477.40	661,297.90	90 %

1.3	Summary

Maximum 1 page 

The UNDP report of 2003 indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. 2nd district The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.

The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level. The project aims at inculcating a spirit of volunteerism among the target community. A volunteer from the partner ICA will be attached to the project. Strong linkages that already exist between the project and permanent service providers will be strengthened. These include Ministry of Health (MoH), District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) etc.

In terms of the long term, the project will impart technical skills in family members of PLWHA to enable them produce adequate amounts of food on a sustainable basis. Training in sustainable agriculture will be provided and linkages made with the MACO.

To further secure the livelihoods of PLWHA, the project will impart entrepreneurship and marketing skills in the target group and link those that require additional finances to microfinance institutions that are already operating in the province.



Duration of the action	24 Months
Objectives of the action	Overall objective: To improve the quality of life of PLWHA and their families through the implementation of a broad based sustainable food security initiative in 2nd district area of the district of the Southern Province of The country.
Specific objectives: By the end of two years, at least 500 PLWHA in 2nd district area will have attained improved nutritional status to improve uptake and effectiveness of ART and community based systems and structures established for their families to produce adequate food and generate household income on a sustainable basis.
Partner(s)	1.  ICA

Target group(s) 	500 PLWHA in 2nd district area of Constituency of The district of Southern Province of The country
Final beneficiaries 	Families of 500 PLWHA in 2nd district area of Constituency of The district of Southern Province of The country
Estimated results	1.	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
2.	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
3.	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
4.	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
5.	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group
Main activities	In the short term, the project will improve the nutritional status of identified PLWHA through food aid initiatives to support their ART programmes.
For the long term, locally managed structures will be facilitated to provide continuous support to PLWHA and their families to secure their livelihoods through Care for PLWHA and prevention against the same as well as production of adequate amounts of food and generation of more incomes on a sustainable basis.
Strategic linkages will be made with permanent service providers and other organisations in the sector for long term support to the target group and community at large.
The target group will be provided with technical and material support to enable them start producing food and generate income
Where applicable, clearly indicate the sector, theme, or geographical area specified in the call for proposals to which the proposed action would apply:


1.4	Objectives

Maximum 1 page. Describe the overall objective(s) to which the action aims to contribute towards and the specific objective that the action aims to achieve.

1.	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART

Anti Retroviral Therapy (ART) requires that the patient has a balanced diet. Due to prolonged illness, PLWHA or AIDS patients often find themselves in a situation of depleted resource base due to inability to perform productive work and meeting expenditure required to access ART. Consequently, a balanced diet to PLWHA especially AIDS patients is a far cry. This objective will address this primary requirement in the short term before addressing medium and long term requirements among PLWHA and their families. 

Because nutrition is crucial among PLWHA especially those on ART, the project will support formation of Nutrition groups who will be trained in preparation and processing of foods suitable for PLWHA. Focus will, first and foremost, be directed at local indigenous foodstuffs which even poor families can lay their hands on. The Biodiversity Community Network (BCN) which is an associate in this project has gathered massive experience in supporting such activities.  

1.	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families

It has been widely documented that the HIV/AIDS issue has placed a huge burden on the Ministry of Health (MoH). It has become common practice to engage local communities in such a way they are involved in providing the necessary services to PLWHA and in this way contributing to the effectiveness of the public sector. The project will facilitate formation and strengthening (where such does not already exist) of community based and managed groups to lead the process of Care and prevention for and against HIV/AIDS, nutrition as it relates to HIV/AIDS and such other services.

In addition, the project will facilitate linkages between essential permanent service providers and organisations working in the sector and the local groups from the start of the project. The philosophy of this project emphasises inculcating the spirit of volunteerism among target communities.

2.	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis

The project will aim to restore livelihoods of families with PLWHA by empowering them to produce more food on a sustainable basis. The project will promote sustainable agriculture techniques and methods that are accessible and affordable from the point of view of a resource poor farmer. Both crop and animal production will be promoted. The pas-on-the-gift scheme for small livestock which has worked wonders among PLWHA elsewhere will be introduced. 

In order to ensure long term technical support in agriculture, the project will facilitate stronger linkages with the Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) and support Community Livestock Workers (CLWs) and Community Development Facilitators (CDFs) through training.

3.	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives 

In order to restore the livelihoods of PLWHA and their families, the project will promote income generation initiatives. Training will be facilitated on entrepreneurship and marketing. These skills will enable them identify and manage business ventures of their choice. Family members of PLWHA will be encouraged to form interest groups based on the business ventures that they will be pursuing. Those that require additional finances will be linked to microfinance institutions for loans and savings services.



a.	Justification

Maximum 3 pages. Please provide the following information:
i.	Relevance of the action to the objectives and priorities of the programme

The action will initially make available to PLWHA food through food aid. This is in order to enable HIV patients improve their nutritional status and thereby improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs.

The action will also promote both conservation farming and proven sustainable agriculture methods which are less labour intensive in order to improve sustainable food production and ensure availability of food throughout the year. The action will promote crop diversification to match nutritional needs of HIV/AIDS. The project will work with an associate organisation called BCN who are experts at biodiversity and have studied nutritive values of traditional food crops which are easy and cheap to grow, process and prepare. These will be promoted and grown by HIV patients and their families. 

The integration of food aid with actual sustainable food security which includes cultivation of traditional food crops and a home-grown home based care program are priorities of this project. This action presents an opportunity for vast impact and with massive ramifications such as fewer people contracting AIDS, fewer sick people, and therefore more PLWHA working and supporting their families and contributing to the local economy. There will be fewer families with HIV/AIDS patients, fewer orphans, positive change in behaviour and less call on already stretched health services. This Action is designed to enable resource-poor people create wealth that will facilitate the on-going implementation of further development activities and broaden their food base. For example, seed will be distributed on a seed revolving loan basis where PLWHA will repay their loan in kind to others while continuing to meet their own seed requirements for the following year. 

The project will also build sufficient capacity among the target group to enable them carry on initiatives started during the duration of the project. To this end, local structures will be facilitated in home based care, agriculture and nutrition.

The strong link that the project will facilitate between the target group and local permanent service providers.

ii.	Identification of perceived needs and constraints in the target country/ies, in particular in the region(s) concerned. 

The country is rated among the poorest countries in the world. The country is listed among the Highly Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) as well as the Least Developed Countries (LDC’s). According to the UNDP’s Human Development Report of 2002, The country ranks 163 out of the 175 countries in the world in terms of human development. 

In 2003, the United Nations Human Development report indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

The The country government has realised that chronic illness that accompany poor health and deterioration of the immune system deplete households assets, reduce labour and lead to reduced food production
This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The consortium will concentrate on constituency. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second only to. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. 2nd district covers most of Constituency. 

The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

iii.	Description of the target group(s) and final beneficiaries and estimated number 
The action will target The district, in Southern Province. The specific target community is 2nd district area and beyond. In 2nd district Project area and expansion area the project will work with 500 PLWHA and their families. The direct beneficiaries from 2nd district area will be 300 and 200 in the 2nd district expansion area. The number of indirect beneficiaries will be 3000 people.
iv.	Reasons for the selection of the target group(s) and identification of their needs and constraints. How does the Action contribute to the needs of the target group(s) and final beneficiaries?

The direct beneficiaries have been selected because they are PLWHA. Some are already on ART and are in the extreme poverty bracket. 

The indirect beneficiaries have been selected because they have been adversely affected by the status and condition of the PLWHA in their families. Assets have been lost due to demands placed on PLWHA in terms of nutrition and other logistics necessary for caring for the same. For both PLWHA and their families to get back into productive engagement, they need to have basic needs readily available and accessible. These include food, healthy diets, diversified food production and income generation. This will assist to broaden their food security base.

Contribution to the needs of the target group and final beneficiaries 

1.	The action will assist PLWHA have available and accessible food which will help them improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs. Currently there is no food for PLWHA and where little is available it would be the staple food maize which does not help their condition. 
2.	The Home Based Care (HBC) system already in existence will be strengthened through training of care and prevention teams and formation of more support groups so that PLWHA can encourage and support each other.
3.	Food production will be carefully designed so that crops promoted and grown will be of high nutritive value and will increase the availability and accessibility of food making up a healthy diet. Food production will be combined with the promotion of traditional crops of high nutritive value that are easy to grow even in times of drought and have proven medicinal properties such as Amaranthus.
4.	Income generation will ensure that target beneficiaries broaden their food security base so that over - reliance on a single source of income is eradicated.

b.	Detailed description of activities

Maximum 9 pages.  Include the title and a detailed description of each activity to be undertaken to produce the results, justifying the choice of the activities and specifying where applicable the role of each partner (or associates or subcontractors) in the activities. In this respect, the detailed description of activities must not repeat the action plan (see section 1.9).

	Diagrammatic representation of the project concept
 

1.	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART

•	Facilitate formation of community based nutrition groups: The project will facilitate formation of 5 nutrition groups who will be trained in the preparation and processing of nutritious foods and diets for PLWHA. The groups will also be responsible for educating fellow community members on issues of nutrition.

•	Training of nutrition groups: Nutrition groups will be trained on locally available food stuffs and the relationship of nutrition to HIV/AIDS. The training will be conducted by health staff from Hospitals as well as the Biodiversity Community Network (BCN).

•	Analysis of diets of PLWHA: Experts will work together with members of nutrition groups to analyse diets of PLWHA in the area. Thereafter, World Food Programme (WFP) instruments will be used to identify ARV patients who require food assistance. 
 
•	Design of food packs: Equipped with analyses of diets of PLWHA, food packs will be designed by nutrition groups.

•	Purchase of food and organisation of logistics: The project will purchase food stuffs based on the EC’s procurement procedures. Appropriate information systems will be applied in the procurement of foodstuffs and subsequent processes. 

•	Distribution and monitoring of distribution and utilisation of food packs: Keepers The country Foundation in close collaboration with the WFP has been involved in distributing foodstuffs and seeds to communities affected by drought and HIV/AIDS in Western province. This experience will be handy in organisation of logistics and monitoring systems for distribution and utilisation of food packs to beneficiaries in this project.

2.	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families.

•	Awareness for VCT: The project will facilitate awareness creation campaigns for potential beneficiaries of the project to undergo Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT). The campaign for VCT will also serve as the awareness for the project in the area. Project staff will use this opportunity to explain the scaling up of existing initiatives. Methods for awareness creation and campaign will include drama sessions by local groups, awareness meetings and role plays

•	Facilitating mobile VCT: In collaboration with the New Start Centre (NSC), mobile VCT sessions will be conducted across the target area. Those whose results will be positive to HIV/AIDS will be automatic beneficiaries of the project

•	Promotion of ART among PLWHA: The first intervention for the target beneficiaries is the linkage for Anti Retroviral Therapy (ART). Apart from those that will be tested after the awareness for VCT, some beneficiaries will already be aware about their status. The project will also take these on board. The project will also directly target households that are hosting chronically ill persons to benefit from the project.

•	Facilitate formation of 10 support groups of PLWHA: Some of the PLWHA will be mobilised into support groups that will lead the process of campaigns for VCT and ART. The support groups will also coordinate Home Based Care (HBC) programmes in the target area.

•	Training for CPTs on care and support to PLWHA: The project will exploit existing collaboration with the Ministry of Health Authorities at the District and at Hospital to train Care and Prevention Teams (CPTs). 

•	Facilitate linkages between CPTs and local stakeholders: In order to enhance the effectiveness of CPTs, the project will facilitate a deliberate campaign to link these to local leaders including headmen, chiefs, religious leaders, politicians and any other persons of influence. 

•	Facilitate linkages between CPTs and other support institutions: The project will ensure that all the relationships with development actors in the district and province are shared with local structures created and facilitated in the target area. To this end, local CPTs will be introduced to organisations like the District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), District Health Management Team (DHMT), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO), The country Health Education and Communication Trust, The country Users of ARVs, Network of people living with HIV/AIDS in The country and many such others.

3.	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis

•	Training in sustainable agriculture methods: As a long term measure to ensure household food security among PLWHA and their families, the project will encourage use of low cost and sustainable agricultural methods such as agro forestry and potholing. The Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) will deliver appropriate training on various sustainable agricultural methods and techniques.

•	Training in crop diversification: MACO will also conduct training in crop diversification both for increased diversity in foodstuffs as well as for generation of income. 

•	Training in production, processing and preparation of indigenous food products: In line with diversification of foodstuffs, the project will promote not just production but processing and preparation of such foodstuffs. The choice of these crops will be informed by the analysis that experts will recommend from a nutrition point of view. Experts from BCN, MACO and MoH will be key in this activity.

•	Training in off-season farming: The area around 2nd district is prone to (partial) drought. This fact coupled with the need to increase the productivity of households with PLWHA calls for agricultural production throughout the year. The project will train beneficiaries in off-season production of vegetables, green maize and any other crops for food and income.

•	Facilitate establishment of seed revolving mechanism: One of the most important inputs for sustainable food security is seed. The project will facilitate establishment of a revolving seed supply mechanism. The idea will be to provide a conducive environment for supply and availability of good quality and affordable seed and planting materials on a timely and sustainable basis. The management of the seed revolving scheme will be done by agricultural and income generation Interest Groups that will be formed in the area. Establishment of the scheme will involve training of seed growers and traders. MACO will be key in delivering this activity.

•	Supply of seed to the seed revolving scheme:  Once adequate capacity has been built in IGs, the project will provide initial seed on a one - off basis. Thereafter, MACO and project staff will offer technical back-up support to ensure sound management of the scheme in the second season.


4.	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives 

•	Facilitate identification of viable economic opportunities in the area and beyond: Project staff will facilitate identification of viable economic activities in the area and beyond among members of households with PLWHA. The role of staff from the project at this stage will be information provision and facilitation of the process.

•	Facilitate formation of interest groups:  Based on viable business ventures identified by family members of PLWHA, interest groups (IGs) will be formed. These IGs will draw action plans on how they will exploit the identified economic opportunities at household and group levels. 
 
•	Training in business, marketing and technical skills: The project will facilitate training of members of IGs in business and marketing skills as well as technical aspects of the particular economic ventures of their choice. Some of the ventures that may be identified (based on past experience in the area) include livestock and mushroom production.

•	Training of community based volunteers: The project will attempt to inculcate a strong spirit of volunteerism among member of 2nd district community. Apart from support groups and CPTs, teams of local persons will be assembled to provide technical support to livestock owners, crop farmers and business persons. Community Livestock workers (CLWs) will be trained through the Department of Animal Health to provide support to keepers of small livestock while Community Development workers will take care of agricultural and business concerns of local households.
 
•	Linkage to financial institutions: The need for additional capital is often identified as a major constraint to promotion of business among rural people. The project will link vibrant IGs to Micro finance Institutions (MFIs) within the province. The MFIs will provide savings and credit services among IGs to enable them grow their businesses.

5.	Project management

•	Inception workshop: Prior to starting the project, an inception workshop will be held involving all key stakeholders and participants in the projects. The workshop will serve to build a common understanding of the major concepts, procedures ands targets for the project. The workshop will also serve to develop an appropriate Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) system for the project. A work plans as well as roles and responsibilities of each participating organisation will be clarified. 

•	Review and planning workshops: Representatives from community based structures, collaborating organisations and members of staff of the project will meet quarterly to review progress and plan for each of the four quarters. 
 
•	Baseline survey: At the onset of the project, a baseline survey will be conducted to determine the status of each of the indicators of progress outlined in the log frame as well as those that project stakeholders may wish to add during the inception workshop. The baseline survey will set benchmarks for future measurement of progress during and after the project intervention.

•	Mid term evaluation: After the tenth month, the project will undergo a mid term evaluation to take stock of progress thus far with a possibility of adjustment to the approach, targets and other aspects of the project based on experience. This evaluation will also identify aspects of the project that will require further support beyond this particular initiative 

•	End of project evaluation: at the conclusion of the project, an end of project evaluation will be undertaken to close out the project and recommend further action to local community members and partners as well as collaborating organisations and institutions.

•	Training of all community groups in participatory monitoring systems: All the community based groups that the project will facilitate will undergo some training in participatory monitoring and evaluation. In this way, the monitoring system for the project will be internalised by the community and its structures and will remain useful long after the project has phased out

c.	Methodology

Maximum 4 pages.  Detailed description of:
i.	Methods of implementation and reasons for the proposed methodology

The methodology used in this project places emphasis on building strong local structures from the start of the project. These structures will be involved in the planning and implementation of project activities as well as the monitoring and evaluation of the same and the results arising from these activities. The project aims to inculcate a spirit of volunteerism among members of the community. A volunteer from ICA will be attached to the project for the whole duration of the project.

The project also takes on board collaborating institutions and organisations that will remain to provide various services to project beneficiaries beyond the life time of the project. Figure 2 (below) is a diagrammatic representation 

The concept of the CFSP is founded on the premises that there are sufficient levels of awareness about HIV/AIDS in 2nd district area. The entry point for the project will therefore be promotion for VCT through meetings, drama and sports among other methods. 

The project will also conduct mobile VCT sessions with the New Start Centre and The country Health Education and Communication Trust. The members of the community that will test positive will be encouraged to participate in activities of the project and some will form support groups (SGs) and care and Prevention Teams (CPTs). The project will also target households with people that are chronically ill. The target group for the project will therefore be households with PLWHA and the PLWHA in particular.

Apart from SGs and CPTs, the project will facilitate formation of Nutrition Groups (NGs) from among the target households. The SGs will be trained in various aspects of nutrition and how it affects HIV/AIDS. Experts will deliver various training sessions to SGs to, among other things, enable them analyse diets of PLWHA and recommend suitable food packs which the project will provide in the short term.



Community Based Structures among households with PLWHA


					
				
Support Groups 



	
	    Nutrition Groups					Care & Prevention Teams 




				Com Development Facilitators 
				       
					Interest Groups

				   Community Livestock workers





Using the recommended food pack and diets, food stocks will be purchased using EC procurement guidelines. Th Foundation will rely heavily on experience in handling food distribution programmes under the Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP). interaction with World Food Programme in distribution of food under the Disaster Management an Mitigation Unit (DMMU) will also be essential at this stage.

For the sake of the long term, the project will build capacity for target households to produce a diverse range of food crops in adequate quantities. Timely availability of good quality and affordable seeds will be facilitated through a revolving seed supply scheme managed by community members themselves. Rearing of small livestock such as goats and pigs will be promoted on a pass-on-the-gift basis which has worked very well in Western and Central provinces. Strong linkages will be established with the MACO and local capacity will be built to ensure continuous technical support through identification and training of CLWs and CDFs.

The project will also support development of entrepreneurship that will enable target households identify and exploit viable business opportunities. Linkages will be facilitated with micro finance institutions (MFIs) to service those households that will need additional capital to grow their businesses. As MFIs are institutions in their own right, it is expected that they will continue servicing members of the community beyond the lifetime of the project.

In facilitating availability of suitable and adequate amounts of food for PLWHA, the projects will promote, first and foremost, indigenous, locally available and low input crops, vegetables and fruits. The BCN have carried out research on most of these foods in terms of dietary value over the past ten years. The CFSP will therefore aim to integrate these findings in the design of food packs for households with PLWHA as well as in the production of these crops for the medium and long terms. 

The CFSP is also based on the experience of all three organisations participating in the preparation of the project concept. While ICA bring the international experience to the project particularly in the response to HIV/AIDS pandemic, have gathered some considerable experience in design and implementation of livelihood projects in six of The country’s nine provinces. The consortium can also boast of experience in implementing humanitarian initiatives through the European Commission Humanitarian Aid Office (ECHO) and the government’s Disaster Management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU). ICA belong to a network of 15 NGOs which provides a rich reservoir of technical information and expertise. 

An important part of the project approach is the strong link between the project and permanent service providers. The already existing linkages with the MACO, DATF and MoH will be strengthened. Linkages will also be created and strengthened with other players.

The involvement of local communities and groups in the monitoring and evaluation of project activities and outcomes is an important capacity building aspect of the CFSP. ICA has employed this approach where communities have been empowered to make informed decisions about development activities in their areas.

ii.	Where the action is the prolongation of a previous action, explain how the action is intended to build on the results of this previous action 

The CFSP will be scaling up the work that has been going on over the past 2 years financed by ICA. The project has been working with 200 households with PLWHA. Through the facilitation of the project, 189 people have undergone VCT. Five (5) CPTs have been formed and trained but 10 more will be needed for the new initiative and the strengthening of existing ones will be required.

In the process of carrying out these activities, strong linkages were established with the Ministry of Health (MoH), Hospital and Clinic. These vital relationships will be strengthened under this project. 

The CFSP will use the already sufficient levels of awareness about HIV/AIDS done mainly through the project so far. Issues of Food and HIV/AIDS have also been addressed to some extent over the past 2 years and this project will only be scaling up on the same.

In terms of agricultural activities, 130 people have received training in sustainable agriculture and funds have already been secured to provide them with seeds for the season 2006/07. 

iii.	Where the action is part of a larger programme, explain how it fits or is coordinated with this programme. Please specify the potential synergies with other initiatives, in particular from the EC
The CFSP is not a part of a larger programme

iv.	Procedures for follow up and internal/external evaluation

Before the start of the project, all stakeholders will meet to build a common understanding of the project and to streamline the roles of each player. The inception workshop will also review and plan major activities for the project.

In order to empower the target group in decision making, the project will train selected members of the community in Participatory monitoring and evaluation. The design of the project’s monitoring and evaluation system will build on the system established at community level.

A baseline survey will be carried out at the start of the project to benchmark the various indicators of progress elaborated in the logical framework. The baseline survey will be undertaken by independent consultants

Ten months into the implementation of the project, a mid term evaluation will be conducted to take stock of progress and recommend corrective measures and pick up issues that may not have been considered at the beginning of the project. The outcome of the mid term review will also inform organisations and people of 2nd district that would desire to intervene in future.

The project will conduct quarterly and annual reviews for stakeholders to review and plan progress. Participants in the quarterly and annual review meetings will include community members, project staff, partners and collaborators. At the end of the project, an end of project evaluation will be conducted.

v.	Description of the role and participation in the action of the various actors (local partner, target groups, local authorities, etc.), and the reasons for which these roles have been assigned to them. 

Each of the three organisations participating in implementing this project brings a variety of experiences to the table.

The Foundation

The foundation has gathered massive experience over its 10 year period. Some of these are:

•	Participation in the past three years in food aid programmes in close collaboration with the Disaster management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU) and the World Food Programme (WFP)
•	Implementation of humanitarian activities under the Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP). At least 60% of households benefiting from this initiative are affected by HIV/AIDS
•	Participation in a pilot cash transfer project implemented as an alternative means to mitigate social and economic vulnerability among rural people
•	Implementation of Food Security Pack (FSP) programmes in Western and North Western provinces
•	Implementation of a Forest Resource Management Project under IFAD in conjunction with the Government of the Republic.
•	Implementation of livelihood projects in partnership .


The ICA has implemented and is still implementing various projects in three of The country’s nine provinces. Some of these are:  

•	2003- 2006: Food security project involving women and families keeping orphans and poor resource farmers in Central Province 
•	2003- 2006: Food security project in Capital city Province 
•	2004-2006: HIV/AIDS- prevention, nutrition and care for PLWHA area in Capital city Province for orphans widows and vulnerable children 
•	2005- 2006: HIV/AIDS in 2nd district Project in Southern Province for PLWHA and vulnerable families 
•	2006: Women rights empowerment project in Central province
•	2005 –2006: Sustainable Agriculture and HIV/AIDS for women in Central Province
•	2006: Food security project in in Central Province with a strong focus on HIV/AIDS


ICA

ICA have provided technical and facilitation support to ICAs since 1996, as well as acting as project holders for the following:

•	1996-2003: Integrated Development Programme, 
•	1999-2002: Health and Leadership programme,
•	2000-2003: Integrated Rural Development programme for Women, 
•	2000-2004: Integrated Development Programme, Tanzania 
•	2005-2006: African ICAs HIV/AIDS Initiative (two workshops,)
•	2005-2006: Pilot of Living Well with HIV/AIDS 

With this background, THE ORG will be responsible for:

•	Overall coordination of project activities
•	Manage finances as per EC requirements
•	Employ two Field Officers
•	Host the volunteer from ICA
•	Manage all project procurements 

will be responsible for:

•	Coordination of networking activities with collaborators such as the MoH, MACO, DATF, ZHECT, NSC, BCN, AARVU etc
•	Employ the Project Coordinator


ICA will be responsible for:

•	Placement of a Volunteer
•	Capacity building of local NGO partners through training of project staff and technical support to the project and THE ORG




vi.	Team proposed for implementation of the action (by function: there is no need to include the names of individuals here)


No.
	
Title	
Role

A. Salaried Personnel

1	
Project Coordinator (full time)	
Coordination of the project 

2	
ICA Volunteer (full time)	Providing technical support to the project and staff of the project 

3	
Programme Officer-THE ORG (20%)	
Liaison with the donors and partner organisation & collaborating institutions/organisations

4	
Accountant-THE ORG (30%)	
Providing sound financial management for the project

5	
Field Officers X2 (full time)	
Frontline staff working with communities

B. Voluntary Personnel

1	
Community Livestock Workers	
Technical support to livestock owners

2	
Community Development Facilitators	
Technical support to local farmers on sustainable agriculture and business

3	
Care & Prevention Teams (15 made up of 10)	
Leading care for HIV/AIDS patients and prevention programmes against HIV/AIDS

4	
Nutrition Groups (5 made up of 5)	
Leading nutrition programmes for PLWHA in terms of production, processing and preparation of the same

5	
Support Groups (10 made up of 5)	
Groups of PLWHA organising others to address the various constraints faced by their peers

vii.	Main means proposed for implementation of the action (equipment, tools…)

The project will only have two means thus:

•	Motorbikes (X2 provided by and THE ORG) for the 2 Field staff
•	Bicycles (X 50) for CPTs and CDFs

The action plan must be drawn up using the following format:

Year 1
THE ORG Food Aid & Food Security Action Plan	                   Semester 1	               Semester 2	
Activity	1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	Implementing body
													
Objective 1: Improved nutritional status of PLWHA													
Community mobilisation													THE ORG & partners
Purchase & distribution of foodstuffs													THE ORG
													
Objective 2: Strengthening & establishing  local structures													
Awareness for VCT													THE ORG, partners, , MoH
Mobile VCT													THE ORG, , ICA, , 
Promotion of ART													THE ORG, , ICA
Training of CPTs & SGs													MoH, , Hospital
													
Objective 3: Increased Food production & diversity													
Training in agriculture & nutrition													BCN, 
Supply of seed & small livestock													THE ORG & partners
													
Objective 4; Improved socio economic impact through income generation													
Training in entrepreneurship & marketing													THE ORG & partners
Training of community based volunteers													ICA Volunteers, THE ORG & partners
Linkage to micro finance institutions													THE ORG & partners
													
Project management													
Inception workshop													THE ORG & partners
Baseline survey													Consultant
Review & planning meetings													THE ORG & partners
End of Project Evaluation													
Training in Participatory M&E													ICA, MoH
													


Year 2
THE ORG Food Aid & Food Security Action Plan	                   Semester 1	               Semester 2	
Activity	1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	Implementing body
													
Objective 2: Strengthening & establishing  local structures													
Awareness for VCT													THE ORG, partners, ZHECT, MoH
Mobile VCT													THE ORG, 
Promotion of ART													THE , ICA
Training of CPTs & SGs													MoH, , Hospital
													
Objective 3: Increased Food production & diversity													
Training in agriculture & nutrition													
Supply of seed & small livestock													THE ORG & partners
													
Objective 4; Improved socio economic impact through income generation													
Training in entrepreneurship & marketing													THE ORG & partners
Training of community based volunteers													ICA Volunteer, THE ORG & partners
Linkage to micro finance institutions													THE ORG & partners
													
Project management													
Inception workshop													THE ORG & partners
Baseline survey													Consultant
Review & planning meetings													THE ORG & partners
End of Project Evaluation													
Training in Participatory M&E													ICA, MoH
													




2.	EXPECTED RESULTS

2.1	Expected impact on target groups/beneficiaries

Maximum 2 pages.  Indicate how the action will improve:
1.1.1	the situation of target groups/beneficiaries

•	An increase of at least 50% in food production at household level by direct beneficiaries
•	At least 75% of direct beneficiaries accessing three meals per day 
•	Improved nutritional status among 500 PLWHA
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households growing at least 3 major food crops of nutritive value by the end of 2 years
•	Basic business training for  200 people 
•	More than 50 of the beneficiaries successfully go through a 3 months nutrition programme
•	Increased cash incomes (by 50%) for at least 200 of the PLWHA and their families
•	At least 200 people undergoing VCT per year
•	At least 100 introduced to ART per year

1.1.2	the technical and management capacities of target groups and/or any partners where applicable.

•	More than 10 support groups formed with ability to coordinate development initiatives with minimum external support
•	Strengthened capacity of 5 Care and Prevention Teams (CPTs)
•	Improved technical knowledge and skills among 200 households in agriculture and business to sustain their livelihoods in the midst of the impact of HIV/AIDS
•	Increased technical skills and knowledge by 600 people and 100 households in the production and preparation of indigenous nutritious food crops 
•	Improved skills and knowledge by 10 support groups and 15 CPTs in coordinating and monitoring community based nutrition and HIV/AIDS related initiatives  
•	Increased networking among community based groups in addressing issues of nutrition and HIV/AIDS
•	Improved capacities of implementing partner NGOs in organisational management and ability to meet the needs of beneficiaries


2.2	Concrete outputs

Maximum 1 page. Be specific and quantify outputs as much as possible. Indicate notably foreseen publications.

•	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
•	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
•	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
•	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group


2.3	Multiplier effects

Maximum 1 page. Describe the possibilities for replication and extension of the action outcomes.

•	The two The countryn NGOs participating in this project are working in other areas of The country namely; Western, North - Western, Central and Capital city Provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. Experiences gained through this project will no – doubt spill over to these areas
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere in Africa and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the Ministry of Health (MoH), The country Health Education and makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. Additionally, is a member of the International NGO (INGO) forum which is another channel for sharing experiences
•	The target area of this p </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>26 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='26'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Empowering Women through Awareness and Income Generation Programs </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >The goal of this project is to facilitate sustainable development through empowerment and participation of the 5000 marginalized women . </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Empowering Women through Awareness and Income Generation Programs

A Project Proposal 


ICA


1. Introduction:

Most of the previous development practices were characterized by top-down approach. Obviously the people were treated as poor and marginalised even unaware of their own need. The projects were of service delivery kind and could not achieve sustainable development by virtue of its' inherent nature.

The country is characterized by social orthodoxy like untouchability, fatalism where vertical as well as horizontal mobility is hardly achieved. To improve their socio- economic conditions, exploring and capitalizing the hidden or underlying skills and potentials of the local people should be given high priority. Non animated people, severe poverty and social discrimination are interwoven causing further deterioration of the situation.

There have been various programs to uplift the status of women. It is felt that the empowerment of women can be achieved best by improving economic condition. The improved economic condition is supposed to penetrate other dimension, especially leadership development and decision power both in household level as well as community level.

Micro-finance institutions are supposed to enhance the economic condition of the people. So many projects aim to include women in micro-finance institution. Most of the micro finance institutions are doing very well but still they lack system to reach to the most needy community. The proposed project aims to empower 200 women by providing small loan and necessary knowledge and skill. 

Most of the previous development practices were characterized by top-down approach. Obviously the people were treated as poor and marginalised even unaware of their own need. The projects were of service delivery kind and could not achieve sustainable development by virtue of it's inherent nature. With the end of development project, people were found to be more dependent to the outsider-so called development experts. People lost their confidence because it was inculcated in their mind that they are to be silent recipient rather than being active participant. Their participation was seeked at the implementation level as manual labor.

In search of seeking economic opportunities, rural youth are being migrated to other countries, preferably  western countries, Arab and predominantly India. Rural area of the country is characterized by social orthodoxy like untouchability, fatalism where vertical as well as horizontal mobility is hardly achieved. 

 To improve their socio- economic conditions, exploring and capitalizing the hidden or underlying skills and potentials of the local people should be given high priority. Non animated people, severe poverty and social discrimination are interwoven causing further deterioration of the situation.

ICA, with the financial assistance of a funder, has been implementing project for the last two years which is at the verge of phasing out. Animation training, group formation, environmental training, adult literacy, income generation activities, training on sustainable agriculture, kitchen garden, construction of toilets and improved cookstoves, street drama were the activities of the project.

Despite the grand success of the project, during the evaluation it was found that the training is not yet sufficient and the saving in one group is not regular. The group meeting was not regular and follow up is to be done by the staff on the regular basis. As the income generation programme began late, the cooperative is not yet formed. Follow up of the sustainable agriculture activities, goat raising, post literacy, training on the group dynamics and gender including increment in the seed money of income generating activities are to be done.

2. Project approach 
The proposed project aims to achieve sustainable development. In order to achieve the objectives, participation of the people is given high priority. Sustainability is expected to achieve through the mobilisation of the stakeholder and strengthening their capability in both technical and non technical aspect. It is urgent to boost up their morale and wipe out their negative self image with the example of their past success stories. Once they are empowered and animated, they can be the change agent to shape their own development.  
Focus is thus laid on 
•	Participation
•	Sustainability
•	Capacity building
•	Animation

3. Project Sites and Target Group
The work of this project will be carried out in the District in eastern region of the country. The population of this district is about 0.6 million.

The project will involve all the inhabitants of 4 Village Development Councils in the district.. ICA has already carried out a preliminary survey and has been organising activities as ad hoc basis for the last three years in the area. 

4. Goal and Objectives of the Project:
The goal of this project is to facilitate sustainable development through empowerment and participation of the stakeholder.
The objectives of this project are to achieve:
•	Raised economy of the beneficiaries by  5000 a year.
•	Strong saving and credit group with regular saving and group meeting working under cooperatives.
•	Participation of the people in general and at least 35% women in particular throughout the project period to shape their own development.
•	Increased level of awareness among people regarding health (HIV/AIDS) and hygiene, sanitation, environment in order to support local development initiatives.

•	To train 200 women leaders and managers to Saving and Credit organizations SCO management proper accounting system, financial management.
•	To enhance their leadership skill in terms of human resources.
•	To help establish in SCOs, easy and proper accounting system.
•	To develop the accounting system for SCOs that can be managed even by general literate women.
•	To established a system of participatory self-evaluation in SCOs.  

5. Project Activities
During the project period, following activities will be carried out:

5. 1. Saving and Credit Program
Local people will be encouraged to make regular savings. The community will be encouraged to contribute small amount of money as group fund. The training on group dynamics and cooperatives is expected to change this situation as it has already proved in other ICA projects. By the end of the project period, there will be one cooperative in the project area. The cooperative will manage the revolving fund of income generation activities as well.  

5.2. Stimulating and supporting income-generating activities
As an income generation activity, women will be encouraged and trained to produce handicrafts, pickles, potato chips etc. ICA will facilitate them to sell their products. The members will work in a group of 5 to 10. Local as well as global markets will be accessed for it. 

5.3. Awareness campaign on health, environment, agriculture and education
Various awareness campaigns on health particularly on HIV/AIDS, environment, agriculture and education will be organised through the saving and credit groups. The non-formal and informal means of education will be applied for this task. Street drama, community meeting, lobbying and advocacy will be organised encouraging them to work for themselves for their betterment.

5.4. Training on Group Dynamics
Existing as well as new group members will be trained on Group dynamics to make sustainable and effective group. The duration of the training will be 4 days. The training will be participated by each of women group members. Each training will be participated by 20-25 members. ICA has developed training manual on Group Dynamics and has already trained local people on Group dynamics in other parts. During the training, participants will acquire not only the knowledge and skill on managing successful group but also come up with group constitution, elected executive committee, clear objective, indicator for participatory monitoring and evaluation, reporting format and record keeping system in detail. The four pillar of strong group i.e., group constitution, leadership, record keeping system and monitoring and evaluation will be emphasised.
 
5.5 Formation of cooperative and training
By the end of the project period, a cooperative of all the groups will be formed and managed by a joint team. During group dynamics training, these things will be the products, which is believed to solve these problems. It is believed that the cooperative can handle the saving and credit groups in the area. After formation of cooperative, members of each cooperative will undergo training on cooperative so as to make them able to run their cooperative smoothly. The duration of the training will be of 7 days. 

6.  Reporting
The development of the project activities will be reported every three months to the donor. The implementing organization, ICA welcomes close contact with and constant guidance from the donor so that the project activities can be carried out effectively. 

7.  Programme Monitoring and Evaluation 
Monitoring and evaluation will be carried out in a participatory way. The task will be done in three level- community, implementing Organization and donor. In order to make the process more participatory from the very beginning of the project cycle, during the group dynamics training, participants themselves will develop indicators for the monitoring and evaluation. Participatory tools like ORID method, Workshop, Interactive Interview, questionnaire interview and other appropriate tools will be applied for monitoring and evaluation at both community and organizational level. If necessary, adjustments within the program will be made, after requesting approval from the funding agency. 

8. Logistic Support from ICA 
ICA will assure provision of the following major logistic support.
•	Provide office space in the area and other supports during the project period.
•	Facilitate needed office supplies for secretarial and administrative services.
•	Provide the project a computer and printer and accessories supports such as email, fax etc.

8. Human Resources:
The human resources for the project will be of as follows:
The project coordinator - 1
Field coordinator - 1
Trainers 
Micro Credit Officer - 1
Supporting staff - 1
Animator - 3

9. Sustainability 
In order to achieve sustainability in the long run, the approach has been chosen in such a way to mobilize stakeholder from the very beginning of the project cycles. Participation of the people will be encouraged and honored and transparency will be strictly maintained. As the leadership in local people will be enhanced, the project is expected to be sustainable. The groups will be formed in the early stage of the project, local contribution will be seeked from the very beginning. The long term approach is focused on sustainability, as it leads towards a people's organization with the capabilities and skills to become an active cooperative working for its own members. 
 

10. Project Duration:
The project will be conducted for one year. Once the funder accepts the proposal the activities of the project will be started. The work will be carried out as follows:

S.N.	Activities/ Month	1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12
1.	Set Up Work
											

2.
Saving & Credit												

3. 	Income Generation Training		
									
4.	Producing crafts and items by the group 					
						
5.	Starting sell outlet and dispatching products 								
			
6
Co-operative Dev. Meeting												
7.
Awareness Campaign 
•	Street drama
•	Postering/ pamphleting on environment, HIV/ AIDS etc.						
					

8.
Training on HIV/AIDS and other issues												
9.
Training on Group Dynamic												
10.
Co-operative Training												
11.
Mid term Report												
12.
Monitoring & Evaluation												
13.
Final Report												


 
8. Budget
11. Budget:

  Year / Activities	 First Year	Second Year	Third Year
Training on Participatory Strategic Planning
20 women and 10 men 12 days
-Resource persons -   2 x D 2500 x 12days
-Food / snacks / lodging 32 x 400x 12
- Transportation and Stationery 32x 250	

   60,000
1,53,600
     8,000		
Preparing Resource Materials
-Preparation ( Resource persons- 2x2000/dayx 8days)
-Publishing eight (6) manuals x D 15000
	
   32,000

    90,000		
Developing  to make local strategic plan 5 days x 6 VDCs x 2 facilitators x 1000
	   60,000		
Six (6)Training on capacity building 
6 x D 40,000(including resource persons, food, lodging, stationary etc.) 	
2,40,000		
Refresher Course on these six training 
6 x D 15,000		90,000	
Awareness Campaign 
•	Publication of poster posters - D 30,000 for 1000 copy -----D 30,000
•	Publication of pamphlets on environment / HIV AIDS etc.   -- 2 x D 25000
•	Street drama
        1show x 6 VDCs x D 7000
•	Construction work
      (50% contribution by villagers)
        15 Toilets x 6VDCs x D 3000
        15 Soakpits x 6 VDCs x D 1500
        30 Improved cookstoves x 6 VDCs x D1000
•	Sustainable agriculture activities
       6 VDCs x D 20,000
•	 Training for Eco- club  in six (6) sites/ Rs.10,000 
6	x D 10,000 
•	Refresher course for Eco clubs members in 3    
        sites                   3 x D 7000	
   30,000

    50,000


    42,000

 
 1,35,000
    67,500
    90,000	





42,000


1,35,000
67,500
90,000

1,20,000

   60,000	





42,000


1,35,000
67,500
90,000




     
   21,000
Adult Literacy /  Education
Operation cost (Kerosene, stationary, lamp etc.)
6 VDCs x 3 literacy classes x 1500/ month x 6 months every year
	1,62,000	1,62,000	1,62,000
NGO Leadership Training 10 days 24 participants
Resource persons 2 x D 2500 x 10
Catering, lodging 28 x D 400 x 10
Transportation 28 x  D 500	
   	
   50,000
 1,12,000
    14,000	
Refresher course 2 days  
2 days x 20,000 	
     		40,000
Micro credit
Seed money
Pass book	
  60,000
     5,000		
Sub Total	1285 100	783 500	395 500
Staffing
1. Project Co-ordinator- 1xD 12 000 x 36 months 

2. District co-ordinator- 2 x D 6000 x 36 months

3.  Credit Officer-1x D 5 000 x 22 months

4.  Field Facilitators- 6 x25 00 x 36 months

5. Administrator/ Accountant-1xD 6 000 x 36 months

1.	Literacy teachers – 6 VDCs x 3 Sites = 18 x D 1200 x 18 months
( 50% local contribution)

7.  Field assistant- 2 x D 2000 x 36 months 	
  1,44, 000

   1,44,000
   
  XXX

1,80,000

 72,000


  64,800



48,000	
  1,44, 000

   1,44, 000
  
  60, 000

 1,80,000

  72,000


   64,800



48,000	
  1,44, 000

   1,44,000
  
 50, 000 
(10 months) 
1,80,000

72,000


 64,800



48,000
Head Office Cost
1. Auditing and Reporting

2. Transportation of Head Office Staff

3. Stationery 

4. Monitoring and Evaluation	
20, 000

25, 000

20, 000

20 000	
20, 000

25, 000

20, 000

20 000	
20, 000

25, 000

20, 000

20 000
Sub Total	7,37, 800	797 800	7,87,800
Total 
	D 2022900	D 15 81300	D 
1183300
Grand Total :            

D 35)	                            4787500

136 785


ICA
ICA is an autonomous, non-profitable, non-political and non-governmental organization 

ICA
ICAs activities are based on participation. As a national member of ICA International, ICA aims to introduce the experiences of various ICAs including ICA International in our context. The three major areas of activities of the ICAs are sustainable development, life-long education and organizational transformation. The ICAs have their own training modules developed for facilitation, participation and planning. 

Various Technology of Participation (ToP) methods developed by ICA such as Focused Conversation Method, Workshop Method, Strategic Planning Method etc. can be used to solve various problems. These methods can be used from grassroots to corporate level. The ICAs training courses are useful for all development practitioners, particularly governmental and non- governmental workers active in the field of development.

Apart from such training courses, the ICA principles are also being used to community development sector. ICA works with the grassroots organizations and individuals to enable the integration of the Technology of Participation into their day to day activities. It helps in improving the quality of other government or NGO sectors by imparting quality training. 

Aims of ICA
The aims of the ICA are as follows:
- To work for empowering indigenous community,
- To promote a culture of participation at all levels of society,
- To facilitate creative change in individual and groups by promoting socio-economic and cultural development, and
- To encourage people and groups to participate in alleviating poverty, unemployment and backwardness through cooperatives and micro credit.

Activities:
The ICA carries out various activities on Group Facilitation Methods, strategic and action planning and project-based programs. Following activities are undertaken by the ICA.

1. Capacity Building:
The ICA focuses on building human resources and organizational transformation through participatory techniques. It organizes various courses so as to increase people's participation in development and to preserve their own culture and values conducive to creative development and change. The ICA also works in enhancing effectiveness in business community by imparting its knowledge on participatory planning. Similarly, various training courses on micro credit management and environmental management and sustainable development are also conducted.

2. Increasing Public Awareness on Health, Education and Environment:
The lack of public awareness in various sectors particularly health, education and environment has created various problems that undermine the development process. The ICA focuses its programs to alleviate such problems by carrying out action oriented programs on such themes. The ICA is also active in promoting children and women rights.

3. Adult Literacy Programs:
The group has initiated literacy classes in some rural areas. People belonging to lower caste group and ethnic minorities are particularly encouraged to participate in such classes. The class is conducted for 6 months. Apart from being able to read, write and calculate the participants are also trained on basic concept of health, nutrition, environment, human rights etc.

4. Community Development:
Some community development projects are commenced by the ICA integrating various issues such as income-generating activities, health, nutrition, family planning, environment etc. The basic objective of such projects is to help in establishing model villages in various parts of the country by integrating a holistic and participatory development approach. 

The ICA is also active in the field of drinking water and its quality management particularly in the rural area. The group demonstrates ways of quality treatment of drinking water among rural mass.

The ICA has carried out micro credit activities enabling poor people to carry out income generating activities such as pig and goat farming, rabbit raising, bee-keeping, tailoring, carpentry etc. This has enabled economically disadvantaged people to take part in entrepreneurial activities. 

The projects are undertaken to improve the living condition of so-called lower community at five different VDCs. The project is expected to develop awareness among the community towards their role in the development of the area. All of these activities will be undertaken in a participatory way.	

Membership:
The ICA has four types of membership i.e. advisory members, honorary members, associate members and full members. Only full members may apply for the executive committee in general bodies meeting.

The ICA has a 7-membered executive committee. The executive committee is advised by an advisory board comprising 5 members.

The group has a centrally located secretariat with basic physical facilities such as spacious office, computers, email etc.






 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>27 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='27'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Empowering Women through Income Generation Programs </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >The proposed project aims to empower 400 women living in slum area of the City by providing small loan and necessary knowledge and skill. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Empowering Women through Income Generation Programs

A Project Proposal 

1. Background
There have been various programs to uplift the status of women. It is felt that the empowerment of women can be achieved best by improving economic condition. The improved economic condition is supposed to penetrate other dimension, especially leadership development and decision power both in household level as well as community level.

Micro-finance institutions are supposed to enhance the economic condition of the people. So many projects aim to include women in micro-finance institution. Most of the micro finance institutions are doing very well but still they lack system to reach to the most needy community. 

The proposed project aims to empower 400 women living in slum area of the City by providing small loan and necessary knowledge and skill. A series of income generation training will be organised. The products will be sold through the show room of ICA which has been established. We believe that with the implementation of this project, local deprived women will have economic and social improvement. 

2. Objectives
The proposed  project aims to develop the skill of women leader and manager in the field of micro finance management. The specific objective of this project is as follows:
•	To train 400 women leaders and managers to Saving and Credit organizations and proper accounting system, financial management.
•	To enhance their leadership skill in terms of human resources.
•	To help establish saving groups, easy and proper accounting system.
•	To established a system of participatory self-evaluation.  

3. Project Area & Beneficiaries
The proposed project aims to train 400 women from various slum areas of the City. 

5. Methodology:
A brief explanation of the main activities necessary to achieve the output outlined above are as follows:

a. Selection of the participant:
For this kind of training, participant should be quite literate and responsible person either being leading figures of the organization or account holder (keeper). However, participants will be selected with the help of concerned groups according to the criteria developed. They will be informed clearly of the criteria of selection as well. The confirmation of the participants and the details of the training (venue, date and other necessary information) will be informed to the responsible person and organization in the due course of time.

b. Selection Resource Persons (Trainers)
Resource persons will be selected based on the subject matter and their expertise in respective field. There will be 16 trainers (Resource persons) altogether for the training and priority will be given to include as many as women trainer not less than 50% in aggregate. 

c. Finalization of training course:
With the help of experts in the field of micro finance management, the proposed course of the training would be finalized. There will be one workshop to finalize the course content and related issues. The participants of this workshop will be trainers, experts from related field. The workshop will not only finalize the content of the training but also identify and finalize the resource materials as well. Priority will be given to make the resource materials more simple and the language will be local provided the condition that all participants necessarily not to be highly educated. 

Through training, local women living in the slum area will be enabled on income generation activities. They will be trained on sewing, doll making, bamboo items making, paper craft and pickle making. There will be 5 groups, so women interested on the particular programme will be allowed to join. 

d. Training
Altogether there will be 16 training for 400 women. Each training will be conducted for 6 consecutive days. Each training will comprise 25 participants. Various methodologies will be used like Group Facilitation Methods (GFM) developed by ICA. All participants will be provided the training manual along with necessary resource materials prepared. The necessary cost of each participant will be borne by this project. 

e. Evaluation of training  
The evaluation of the training course will be done at two levels. The first one will be during the course of training while the second one will be 2 months after the training. Both of these evaluations will be done with the help of ICA methods like basic discussion method, wall of wonder method, interaction method along with written feedback of the participants. The participants will fill a questionnaire both prior and after training so that the change in their understanding will help evaluate the training during training course.

6. Reporting
The reporting will be done in four phase. The first three reporting will be done during the training period. The inception report will be submitted immediate after beginning of training. It will include the activities undertaken till the first training from the very beginning.  The second brief report will be submitted at the middle part of training i.e. after completing 8 training. These two reports will include the evaluation of the training to date; as well as financial report also. The third brief report will be submitted after completion of all training.

7. Time Line

Project Activities/ Date		
	I	II	III	IV	V	VI	VII	VIII	IX
- Selection of participants
- Selection of trainers
- Finalization of course
   ( workshop)
- Training material preparation
- Training
- Evaluation of training
- Reporting
- Final report preparation &
   submission              
	






	





          
	




	




	




	




		


8. Budget
A. Training Cost ( one training)
D.A. Trainer (7day / 2 persons/ 1200.00)			= 16 800

Travelling Cost (For Trainers)					= 2 000

Participant Remuneration (25 X 150 X 7)			= 26 250
(including travelling, lodging, snack and food)

Stationary (manual, handouts etc.)			
     (25 participants / 300 per head)				= 7 500

Training Materials (Markers, card, raw materials etc)		= 6 350
								___________
		Sub total (one training)				= 58 900

			For 16 training: 	 58 900 X 16	  =  942 400

B. Workshop Cost
a. Course Evaluation (One day)
D.A. for participants
(32 trainers+4 experts X  500)				= 18 000

Stationary							=  4 000

Snack								=   6 000
								__________		
			Subtotal				= 28 000

b. Workshop Evaluation (One day)
Resource Persons 3 X  1 500					= 4 500

D.A. for participants
(32 Participants  300)					= 9 600

Stationary							= 4 000

Snack								= 6 000
								__________		
			Subtotal				24 100
									

C. Report Preparation
Report preparation cost (Training and Evaluation Reports)	= 15 000
(stationary, computer, typing, printing etc.)					

D. Audit							= 10 000
Auditor charge
							
E. Personnel Cost
Coordinator (8 months/  10 000)				  = 80 000
Support staff (8 months/  5 000)		  		  = 40,000
								____________		
				Subtotal			120 000

F. Administrative Cost
Travel / Communication					= 10,000
Stationary (Photo, slides etc.)					= 5 000
Limited contingency for inflation				= 10 000
								__________							Subtotal		25 000	

Grand Total					 1,164,500

 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>34 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='34'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >The Community Youth Mentorship Project Evaluation Report
Considering the Challenges and Strengths of the Project </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >Community research aims to work with a community to answer questions that are important to the people who are affected most by the project. By consciously encouraging participation, greater commitment to the project is more likely and the values and aims of the community are better reflected in the questions asked and methods used to evaluate the project.  </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >The Community Youth Mentorship Project Evaluation Report
Considering the Challenges and Strengths of the Project

Prepared for: The Funder
August 1, 2007

The CommunityYouth Mentorship Project Evaluation Report
Considering the Challenges and Strengths of the Project

Forward
The The Community Youth Mentorship Project Evaluation Report: Considering the Challenges and Strengths of the Project comes out of a one year research project assessing the outcomes of a youth training program in the community. The action-based community research was introduced at the early stages of the The CommunityYouth Mentorship (THE PROJECT) project by ICA with the goal of measuring the impact and effectiveness of the Youth as Facilitative Leaders (YFL) program.  As part of the funding proposal to The funder, ICA requested a portion of the funding be allocated to hiring a Community Researcher to critically assess the impact of the THE PROJECT project.  

Initially there was uncertainty around what aspects of the project the research should capture.  Through dialogue and reflection it was unanimously decided that the evaluation would be most beneficial when evaluated on three levels:  the individual level, organizational level, and the community level. It is my hope that organizations wishing to do collaborative projects in the future will also use this research as a reference. 

Community research aims to work with a community to answer questions that are important to the people who are affected most by the project. By consciously encouraging participation, greater commitment to the project is more likely and the values and aims of the community are better reflected in the questions asked and methods used to evaluate the project. There are various ways to include the participation of community members in research; ranging from researchers who interview community members (researcher led), to community members who initiate, collect, evaluate, and report the research themselves (community led).   
 Since this research was not initiated by the community (although community support for it was very strong) it could not be assumed that the community would take the responsibility of collecting data.  On the other hand, as a researcher living outside the The Communityarea, I was not comfortable formulating questions based on my perceived ideas of what the community wanted to know.  The chosen approach was to explain to the various stakeholders  what I believed may be important, and then requested feedback on these assumptions.  Since most stakeholders knew the community and youth population, I also requested recommendations on the best approaches to collect information.   Oftentimes the stakeholders offered invaluable insight and advice which could subtly and drastically change what questions needed to be looked at.  

The ‘action’ approach to this community research meant that the research ran parallel to all phases of the project.  In this way, I could report my general findings to the stakeholders as the project progressed.  The research began with general questions and became more specific as the project progressed.  At each phase a reflection at each level was initiated, resulting in a pattern of action – reflection –action.  The immediacy of this way of reporting has meant that any recommendations, insights, or concerns could be addressed within the lifetime of the project.  In other words, the ‘action’ is about using new information to inform practice.  

The The CommunityYouth Mentorship Project Evaluation Report: Considering the Challenges and Strengths of the Project is based on my research beginning July 13th, 2006.  The data was collected by attending meetings, reading reports, evaluating questionnaires, holding a youth focus group, and having open conversations with stakeholders including: ICA,  YFL Program Coordinators, the  Coordinator, Youth Trainers (YTs), Youth Mentors (YM), and the Steering Committee. In part, the recommendations, suggested challenges, and areas being highlighted in this evaluation have been developed through my own understanding of the project to date and should not be thought to necessarily represent the viewpoints of others.  That being said, much of what has been emphasized is a reflection of the topics most commonly cited throughout the project.  It should also be noted that a strong attempt was made to understand and bring forth a wide range of viewpoints expressed during this research process.

This report is divided into four sections, each representing the phases of the research:  Background, pre-training phase, training phase, and the post-training phase.  Each section begins with an overview of what has been included, and with the exception of the background section, each ends with a point form summary of ‘lessons learned’.  Keeping in mind that the project is rife with acronyms, a terminology sheet has been included at the end of the report for easy reference.  

I believe it is a progressive step for any organization to hire an outside source to evaluate the effectiveness of their program.  ICA has shown true leadership by eliciting feedback from all stakeholders of the project and implementing many recommendations as the project progressed. It has been impressive to witness the open, direct, and respectful practices maintained by all stakeholders over the past year. I would like to especially thank ICA, the local Coordinator, and the Steering Committee for their cooperation and support. 

Kind Regards,
	







Table of Contents
SECTION I – BACKGROUND						         Page
Overview of Background								5
Background										5
The Community										5
The Youth of community									5
Partners in the The CommunityYouth Mentorship Project					8
The CommunityYouth Mentorship Project							9
Funders											10

SECTION II – PRE-TRAINING PHASE
Overview of pre-training phase								11
Funding										12
Researcher										13
Local Coordinator								14
Community General Meeting and Steering Committee					15
Trainer Mentors										18
Recruiting Youth									19
Youth Trainers										21
Recruitment										22
Participation										22
Concerns and Challenges to Participation						22
Lessons learned during the pre-training phase						23

SECTION III – TRAINING PHASE
Overview of the training phase								24
YFL Training: Tools for Teamwork, Group Facilitation, Train the Trainer		24
February - YTs schedule their presentations/EcoMentors begins				28
March and April – Presenting a Workshop						30
May – The Facilitative Planning workshop/ Successfully lead workshops			31
Lessons learned during the training phase						32

SECTION IV – POST-TRAINING PHASE
Overview of the post- training phase							33
Sustainability										33
The Steering Committee								33
ecoMentors										34
Workshops										35
Celebration										36
Building the capacity of the partners							36	
Community connections									37
Conclusions										38
Lessons learned throughout the THE PROJECT project						39
Terminology Used									40
Resources										41
Appendix A										42
Appendix B										45

Background

Overview of Background
The background section of this report provides a brief description of the key stakeholders and their involvement in the THE PROJECT project.  

The Community
The Communityis a town in south-central Region.  The Communityhas an approximate population of 44 000 and covers an area of nearly 288 square kilometers. The area consists of farmland and forests and many cottages located on the shores of.  It is made up of many communities.  

The Youth of The Community
The Communityhas an approximate population of 44 000 people; 11 480 (26 percent) of which are made up by the youngest population, 0 to 18 years of age (Our Children, 2004).  On average The Communityhas a younger age profile than the rest Region, and has therefore been suggested that the demand for youth services will remain high (Town of The Community, 2004).  

The information below documents the community’s perception of the challenges facing the youth of The Community, as well as highlighting what is believed to be their strengths. The data was collected from community members with an interest in youth issues, community influentials, youth trainers, and local research reports.

Racial and cultural diversity 
One influential person mentioned that there were little inter-racial and cross-cultural connections between youth; this is due in part to a minimal history of cultural and racial diversity found in The Community.  In a study of three The Communityschools, less than 1 percent of elementary and high school students were born outside of The country (Our Children, 2004).  Similarly, Statistics The country 2001 Census Population report indicates that 1.2 percent of all The Communityresidents speak French only, while 91.5 percent of the population speaks English only.  When the topic of inter-racial and cross-cultural connections was introduced to the YTs it did not appear to be considered a significant concern.

Poverty and low-income families
The issue of family poverty was presented as a barrier facing the youth of The Community.  One influential person explained that the number of families with an annual income under $22 000 has been increasing over the past 15 years; this may also be linked to the high use of food programs.  Poverty would certainly affect the youth population where more than 11.5 percent of all youth in The Communitylive in low income families. Also noteworthy, lone parent families make up 23 percent of all families in the area. This is significant in that lone parent families are often considered a family type more vulnerable to poverty than two-parent households.

Services
Transportation was cited most often as a needed service for youth in The Community.  This issue was emphasized from key influentials, the youth trainers, as well as the Steering Committee. Youth who do not have driver’s licenses or access to a vehicle are dependent on their parents; many of the youth programs are offered after school hours when parents are still at work.  The need for better transportation services was evident throughout the project when considerable energy was exerted in getting youth to and from workshops and Steering Committee meetings.  Another felt need was a lack of youth employment opportunities.  Here YTs believed that the competition for too few jobs was a barrier to obtaining employment.

Issues at School
The academic performance and literacy levels in The Communityhigh schools have generally shown to be lower in comparison to the rest of the York region.  A focus group with YTs shed light on the many issues present during their school years.  The issues included: bullying (including cyber-bullying), drug use and smoking due to boredom and/or peer pressure, and in-school /between school fist fighting.  Peer pressure to dress in expensive designer clothes was also noted.

Community Support
In the executive summary of The Communityelementary schools entitled, Me and My World, a survey of 40 developmental assets were assessed in upper elementary-age children in June of 2005.  In total 577 Grade 5 classrooms were surveyed.  The study showed that students’ perceptions of the empowerment asset were significantly low, approximately 30 percent.  The lowest ratings given by students were: “child feels valued and appreciated by adults in the community” and “child has opportunities to help others in the community.”  Although this survey represents Grade 5 students, similar perceptions were expressed by the YTs in the focus group.  They pointed out that youth are not represented in local newspapers and in other areas, which suggests to them that local organizations are not interested.  It was also pointed out that feeling undervalued contributes to youth, “not having confidence to speak their mind.”  Similarly, as stated in the Town of The CommunityLeisure Services Master Plan, “A lack of opportunities for youth (both facility and programs) was identified as a long standing issue in the Town…current opportunities are not meeting the needs of youth…The unmet needs of youth are a key issue if not the issue in The Community”. According to the YTs, a lack of leisure services contributes to boredom which can then lead to smoking and drug use, or other negative behaviors such as loitering, vandalism, and break and entering.  

On the other hand, the first general meeting for the THE PROJECT project brought out many adult residents of The Communitywho were very interested in the contributions of youth to the community.  They readily cited benefits that youth bring to The Communityincluding: standing up for their beliefs, contributing skills (computer savvy), volunteering their time, advocates for change, leading others, and optimistically engaging in areas they are passionate about.  In addition, youth were described as being entertaining, enthusiastic, willing to learn, motivated, environmental and health conscious, accepting of differences, focused, and persistent.

Partners in the The CommunityYouth Mentorship Project
ICA
The ICA, or ICA, has a mission to develop the capacity of all people to contribute to their own positive social change.  This is largely accomplished through research, publishing, education and social change projects.  One program in particular, the Youth as Facilitative Leaders, is directed at building the competencies and confidence of youth.  By providing them with meaningful involvement, building mentorship relationships, and providing positive images of their contributions to communities, youth are empowered to become leaders within their communities.  The facilitative training that the YTs were exposed to comes directly from the YFL principles and curriculum. 

Earth Day The country – ecoMentors
Earth Day The country is a national environmental communications organization that runs a host of programs to empower Canadians to take action at the local level to address environmental concerns.   One of Earth Day The country’s programs, ecoMentors, was built into the THE PROJECT project as a mentorship program that would run alongside the YFL training.  Similar to YFL, ecoMentors aims at building the capacity of youth by building their mentorship skills.  The THE PROJECT target was to train 60 youth as ecoMentors and have them present ecoMentors modules to elementary school age youth.  The ecoMentors training would be open to both YTs and to high school youth who were not exposed to the YFL training.  Aside from building mentorship skills, youth would benefit from the ecoMentors program by building references for future employment, receiving rewards, eligibility for the Toyota Earth Day Scholarship, and getting involved in environmental issues.
Partner Youth Centre
The Partner Youth Centre (JYC) is a registered charitable organization and a leader in providing recreation and leisure activities for the youth of The Community.  With an emphasis on peer learning the JYC provides programming to more than 1200 youth throughout the municipality and helps youth to realize their value within the community. The organization also collaborates with social service agencies to encourage youth who may especially benefit from JYC services.  With encouragement from the Executive Director and the Board, the JYC became the local lead partner in THE PROJECT project.  Having a local organization as a partner significantly added legitimacy to the project and provided local connections, knowledge, and the technical skills needed to recruit youth from the The Communityarea.

The CommunityYouth Mentorship Project
The The CommunityYouth Mentorship project was envisioned to develop ‘Youth as Facilitative Leaders’.  Based on a collaborative model, ICA and Earth Day The country, with the administrative support of the Partner Youth Centre, provided training to develop youth as community leaders and mobilizers. Through locally based leadership workshops a core group of YTs would be trained to deliver THE PROJECT workshops to other youth and youth-serving organizations in the The Communityarea.  Rather than having a specific theme to focus on, general leadership skills were to be developed.  These general skills could be taught to other youth with specific agendas – environment, anti-bullying, sports, etc. In addition, there was to be an emphasis on soft skill development such as improving oral communication, self-confidence, and active listening. 

The first phase of the project was to secure funding, develop curriculum for the workshops, hire a local Coordinator and a Community Researcher, recruit six local youth organizations and two youth within each organization to be trained as YTs, and present the project plan to the community.  The second phase of the project was to deliver the following workshops: Tools for Teamwork, Group Facilitation, and Train the Trainers.  Each youth would be assisted by a youth support worker from a local youth organization, ICA YFL Program Coordinators, TMs, the local THE PROJECT Coordinator, and on-line help.  At this time the local THE PROJECT Coordinator would also be trained as an ecoMentors Animator to gain the credentials needed to train youth as ecoMentors.

Once the workshops were complete the youth would then set up their own facilitative workshops, and the ecoMentors program would be fully implemented.  It was assumed that after the full training and practice sessions the youth would then be able to use the  YFL and ecoMentors skills to network with community organizations and lead facilitative workshops where needs were indicated.

Funders
The Region XxFoundation
As an agency of the Ministry of Culture, The Region XxFoundation (OTF) is a leading grantmaking foundation in The country.  The Foundation supports organizations that represent areas in arts and culture, environment, human and social services, and sports and recreation. 

The funding principles and interests of the Foundation were an appropriate fit with the aims of the THE PROJECT project on several levels.  As part of their mission, the Foundation emphasizes, “healthy and vibrant communities throughout Region by strengthening the capacity of the voluntary sector, through investments in community-based initiatives”. The THE PROJECT project was based in the community of The Communityand looked to enhance the ability of youth to contribute to the voluntary sector by increasing their leadership skills and providing opportunities to utilize these skills for the benefit of local organizations. More specifically the THE PROJECT project also reflected the environmental and social service funding interests of the OTF. 

The THE PROJECT project was also in-line with the granting priorities of the OTF.  One priority of the Foundation is “enhancing the success for students and learners”.  By training youth in facilitation methods and having them in turn train other youth, the leadership potential of young people in this community was expected to be significant.  Another funding priority of the Foundation is to assist in creating more effective volunteers and getting more local people involved in their communities.  Throughout the THE PROJECT project a secondary goal was to generate local interest in supporting youth.  This was to be accomplished by setting up a Steering Committee, and building relationships with influentials in the community, local high schools, youth organizations, environmental groups, local businesses, the local media, and individuals. 

The grant issued to the THE PROJECT project by the OTF totaled $42 000.  Although this list is not exhaustive, the grant assisted in the salaries of the YFL Program Coordinators, program costs (transportation and accommodation, honoraria for TMs, promotional material, food and refreshments, rental costs for a celebration summit), and the hiring of the Community Researcher.   

THE PROJECT project by funding the local THE PROJECT Coordinator position through the Youth Internship initiative.  The goal of this initiative is to attract and retain recent post-graduates and provide them with valuable on-the-job skills.  

I Pre-training phase
Overview of pre-training phase
Prior to the workshops delivered in The Communitythere were 8 months of preparing for the training.  March of 2006 saw the partnerships between ICA, The country, and Partner established, while the XxFunding was also approved.  

During the summer months of 2006 the ICA training methods were adapted to a younger youth audience and curriculum was further developed.    Hiring of the Community Researcher also occurred at this time. 

There was a rapid acceleration of the project during the fall months once CFDC funding was secured to fund the employment of the local Coordinator who was then trained in ICA methods. ICA and the Coordinator did outreach work to local youth organizations to find complementary matches for the workshops.  By October, the project was presented at a general community meeting in The Community.  Here ICA, Partner Youth Centre, and ecoMentors made a presentation to the community and sought feedback.  A Community Approval Form was presented and the community members were asked to indicate whether they were prepared to support the project.  They were also encouraged to add any questions, comments, or concerns surrounding their understanding of the THE PROJECT project to date.  Many of the community members at the general meeting signed up as participants for the THE PROJECT Steering Committee.  The Committee would be updated with bi-weekly reports and would meet monthly to discuss the progress of THE PROJECT.  

The final month leading up to the workshops consisted of registering all participating youth and youth organizations, booking community centres for training, booking accommodations for the out-of-town instructors, and touching base with TMs.

Funding
Funding issues are usually one of the first challenges that most collaborative non-profit projects face; the beginning phase of the THE PROJECT project was not any different.  Originally an application was made to the South Lake CFDC matched funding program.  Here South Lake CFDC would cover 50 percent of the total costs if another grantmaker would cover the other half of the funding needed.   At this point the performance indicators were set at 12 youth serving organizations, which would put forward 2 youth and 1 staff person to represent the organization during the training.  The Region XxFoundation was applied to as a matching funder and was approved in March 2006 for $42 000.  Unfortunately, due to administrative changes arising from the federal government, there was a delay in funding from the South Lake CFDC.  Since there was uncertainty whether the South Lake CFDC would be able to provide funding for the THE PROJECT project in a reasonable time frame, if at all, it was decided that the work plan would need to be restructured and the scope of the project would be streamlined by cutting the performance indicators in half; now 6 youth organizations would be targeted rather than the 12 that were originally budgeted for.  In doing this the THE PROJECT project could feasibly continue on a $42 000 grant.  

In order to cover the costs of hiring a local THE PROJECT Coordinator, the South Lake CFDC was applied to again, this time under the Youth Internships initiative; the funding was successful and the local Coordinator was hired in September. Although originally expected to have workshops running early in the fall months, the delays in funding pushed back hiring a local Coordinator, and so the training phase of the project was pushed back until late December of 2006.

Another challenge that arose at this phase of the project was working with two funding timelines.  For example, The Region XxFoundation funding began three months earlier than that of the South Lake CFDC. Potentially this would result in having different midterm and final report schedules, two separate end dates for funding, different evaluation criteria, and less flexibility available when unforeseen circumstances may arise; thus putting the onus on the partners to be extra diligent in the phasing of the project.


Researcher
The role of the researcher prior to the workshop phase was to prepare questions that would address the project on 3 levels: individual experience of participants, organizational competencies and learnings, and community impact. This involved developing questionnaires, focus group questions, and preparing consent forms. In addition, research questions took into consideration the type of information that would need to be collected for The Region XxFoundation evaluation standards.  For this reason, questions were developed to answer the following:  Is the program sustainable after the funding period?  Have the organizations increased their capacity to deliver services?  Has this project added value to community life?  Have community connections and awareness been built?  Has this project strengthened the voluntary sector? 

Although consent forms are not often used within community research it was deemed advisable to distribute consent forms to the youth participating in this project for a variety of reasons .  Youth need to be aware of the level of commitment expected, the benefits of participating in research, and also the challenges or drawbacks. Most importantly youth need to be aware that their participation in the research is completely voluntary.

It was hoped that the youth would have a strong role to play in the research process.  Not only was it expected that youth would offer their perspectives on general questions, there was encouragement to involve them in some of the data collection as well.  The rationale behind this suggestion was to add data collection and analysis to the repertoire of skills developed throughout the THE PROJECT project.  In addition there was discussion of using an arts-based approach to collecting information.  The arts-based approach is an alternative way of collecting information that allows youth to show their creativity and express themselves in ways that may be more comfortable. It is unfortunate that youth involvement in the research process was limited to providing their input to the standard questions.  Although the pre-workshop focus group allowed youth to share perspectives all at once, time constraints very much limited their involvement in other research activities. 

Local THE PROJECT Coordinator
Hiring of the local THE PROJECT Coordinator occurred in September 2006.  The hiring committee, made up of members from ICA, Partner Youth Centre, and Earth Day The country, were looking for an individual with very specific qualifications: a local university graduate in a related field, less than 30 years of age, and someone with an interest and background in ecology and research.  The role of the THE PROJECT Coordinator included becoming trained in ICA facilitative methods, and as an ecoMentor Animator.  Providing the local Coordinator with training would enable the training of others, and promote the program accurately.  The local Coordinator also shared responsibility in recruiting YTs and ecoMentors, booking resources, and supporting the youth throughout the project.  

It was clear to the three partnering organizations that the role of the local Coordinator was crucial to the success of the project. Having a local Coordinator who was familiar with The Communitymeant they were able to provide local knowledge, and were able to offer transportation to and from workshops when traveling became an issue.  The Coordinator, being a youth, already knew some of the YTs and was able to communicate well with them. The local Coordinator’s role in recruiting youth called for several presentations to the local high schools, as well as relationship building with the school staff, parents, local businesses and the media. The local Coordinator would also act as a bridge between ICA, Partner Youth Centre, Earth Day The country, and the Steering Committee.

Community General Meeting and Steering Committee
A significant event in the pre-workshop phase was a community general meeting held in October, 2006.  Nine community members came out to the Town of The Community’s Civic Centre to learn more about the THE PROJECT project.  The community was represented by individuals interested and involved with youth organizations, the environment, and the local media. The THE PROJECT project was introduced by demonstrating the ICA facilitative method of ‘brain blending’. A brief presentation was made by the Partner Youth Centre,.  The community was then asked to speak about their understanding of the challenges facing youth in this area.  A question and answer period highlighted community concerns such as: How are youth trainers selected? How will the youth trainers come up with the topics to demonstrate their facilitation skills?  How would the “neighbourhood-wide capacity building” be measured?  What indicators would be used to evaluate the success of the project over time?  As it turned out the above questions became highly relevant throughout the project.  

How are youth trainers selected?  Originally and ideally youth trainers were to be selected by the youth organizations they served and would have the following qualifications:  Strong self-motivational skills, excellent interpersonal skills, good oral communication skills, an understanding of collaborative facilitation, and experience as a peer mentor or peer trainer.  However, this list of characteristics did not address the need for diversity and inclusively.  How would diversity be encouraged? It was proposed that a concerted effort would be made to attract youth who have the desire to lead groups but may not have had an opportunity to put these skills into practice.  Also unanimous was the desire to make training available to youth from The CommunityIsland, where barriers to transportation have often limited youth participation. Finally, the age range of youth was flexible, noting that youth of different ages had much to learn from each other.

How will the youth trainers come up with the topics to demonstrate their facilitation skills?  It was assumed that once the YTs were trained in general ICA facilitative training methods they could then apply these skills to a topic of interest. Another option was to facilitate meetings and workshops of other youth groups who had specific interests (i.e. the environment, health issues, sports, and anti-bullying). YTs were also encouraged to take the ecoMentors training and utilize their facilitation skills in a classroom setting.

How would we be measuring some of the expected outcomes such as “neighbourhood-wide capacity building”? This question was answered by the Community Researcher.  There would be an assessment on the level of relationship building between the local community and the partnering organizations, as well as the networks created within the community. 

What indicators would be used to gauge the success of the project over time? At this phase of the project the Community Researcher and partnering organizations were unable to commit to evaluating the project past the end date.  It was however reiterated that ICA did intend to maintain close ties with the community and offer support where needed. One community member proposed that youth could champion an on-going evaluation as part of their high school education.  It was also suggested that members of the community organize together to ensure that the evaluation continued after the project end date.  

What skills and characteristics were being considered for attracting YTs?  This final question addressed the concern of finding appropriate participants for the THE PROJECT project. Keeping with the theme of diversity, it was also noted that there would be no strict age range – that young, motivated youth were equally apt to take the training as the older and experienced youth.  One community member suggested that the “high achieving” youth may be too busy to devote their weekends to the training, while “the average” youth would also not be enthusiastic in giving up their free time.  It was generally decided that youth who were truly motivated to learn facilitative skills would stick with the training and that the level of support available offered a protective factor from youth leaving the training early.

At the end of the general meeting the Community Approval Forms  were signed, written comments were provided, and four of the nine community members signed on to represent the newly formed THE PROJECT Steering Committee.  The Steering Committee would be made up of people “who were generally interested in supporting the youth of The Communityand specifically supporting them through the THE PROJECT Project.”  The role of the Committee was largely governance (final decision maker), community representation (guidance), and sustainability (encourage the continuation of THE PROJECT). It was decided that the Steering Committee would meet once a month to discuss the progress of THE PROJECT and make suggestions.  In between meetings the Steering Committee was kept up to date through the local THE PROJECT Coordinator’s bi-weekly reports.  It was also decided that the Community Researcher would report progress and findings to the Steering Committee.   After further outreach, the Steering Committee grew to 15 members and consisted of representatives from ICA and Partner Youth Centre, the Community Researcher, local THE PROJECT Coordinator, a Regional Police officer, members of local youth and environmental groups, youth, and local media representatives.
Trainer Mentors
ICA began the recruitment of volunteer TMs (TMs) as early as April 2006.  The goal was to link professional facilitators with YTs to develop a mentoring relationship.   The role of the TMs was to offer guidance and experiential knowledge to the YTs throughout the workshops and specifically in the application phase.

The qualifications required of a TM included knowledge and practical experience in the application of ICA methods, interest in working with and supporting youth, and the ability to be flexible in order to be available to the needs of the youth.  The TMs were made aware of their roles and responsibilities which included obtaining a police clearance check, attending one of the training workshops to meet the YTs, initiating a mentoring relationship, and to report back to ICA and the Community Researcher on their progress. 

Prior to establishing a mentorship, an electronic survey was e-mailed to the 14 TMs to gauge their initial understandings of the THE PROJECT project.  Based on the 7 returned surveys the TMs appeared to make up a diverse group of individuals.  They came from various professional backgrounds and experiences, and ranged widely by age.  The number of years in which TMs have been exposed and trained in ICA facilitation methods also varied.  One respondent had 40 years of experience facilitating while at the low end, 3 of the 7 responding mentors had one year or less training in ICA methods. The trainers also varied in the number of times they had facilitated groups using the ICA methods – over a thousand to less than 5 times. Combined, the TMs brought over 88 years of direct experience working with youth.  Although there were two respondents who did not previously have direct involvement with youth, the large majority of TMs had extensive experience.

The TMs were asked to describe what their role was in the THE PROJECT project. Most TMs believed it was to offer support to the YTs.  Other aspects of the role included giving advice, feedback, and practical support; help youth understanding the ICA methods and values behind them; to offer alternatives and different perspectives when needed.

The TMs were also asked what challenges or concerns they may face in the THE PROJECT project.  Most often cited were age and geographical differences.  The concern in age difference grew out of the possibility that the TMs would be viewed in an authoritative role, or that they would not be able to relate to the youth. Also noted was the potential problem of being located outside of the community. Limited face-to-face interaction and a disconnection from the concerns of the community were pointed out. Other challenges and concerns included:  Understanding the definition of “mentor” and what that implies (in comparison to the definition of “trainer” or “facilitator”), and creating dependency by doing too much for the YTs.  

Recruiting Youth
Recruiting YTs occurred in the first phase of the project. The responsibility of bringing youth and youth serving organizations into the project was held by both the local THE PROJECT Coordinator and the Executive Director of ICA.  Each worked together to develop rapport with local youth serving organizations and high schools. 

Youth Serving Organizations/High schools
The responsibilities of the youth serving organizations included recognizing one or two youth to be trained as YTs and making available one staff member to train alongside and support the youth.  The organizations were to pay a minimal fee of $10 which would go toward paying for the manuals and demonstrating that they are committed to the project. The organizations were also requested to provide a snack for one training session.  

Although there was enthusiasm and agreement that the YFL and ecoMentors program would be beneficial to the youth of The Community, many youth organizations were unable to sign on. Youth organizations stated they had an insufficient number of youth participating in the organizations to select an appropriate candidate; similarly, there were not enough support staff to recruit for the project. The third factor for declining participation was the time commitment. High schools anticipated difficulty in the youth finding the time for the training while they were pursuing their studies and current extra curricular interests.  In addition, a December start date was a hectic time for many youth and support staff, while devoting multiple Saturdays or Sundays to training appeared to be a further deterrent.   

Although it is unfortunate that resources and time limited the number of organizations able to participate in the project, there were many benefits that came out of the recruitment phase.  The Executive Director of ICA and the local THE PROJECT Coordinator were able to actively engage with various youth organizations and learn further about the needs of the local youth. For example, discussions arose around the possibility of having a high school credit available to those who completed the THE PROJECT training, and count training and application time toward their volunteer hours.  Also, through positive interaction the THE PROJECT project became known and many organizations became interested it the process and outcomes.  Some organizations that did not have the resources to participate in the THE PROJECT project, still continued to show their support by having members sit on the Steering Committee.  

Flexibility and adaptation to the recruitment  process was evident when it was decided that youth who wished to participate in the YFL training, but were not represented by an organization, could  still sign-up.  This way of recruiting came primarily from the local Coordinator’s THE PROJECT presentations to high schools. If students wished to participate in the THE PROJECT project they could sign-up as “self-selected” participants and be paired up with a youth organization that wished to participate and were not already supporting other YTs.   Although this was an unplanned occurrence, and perhaps thought of as a last resort, it should be noted that the process of self-selection spoke to the inclusively clause whereby youth who have not had the opportunity to belong to a youth serving group could nonetheless participate in the program.  It also offered an opportunity for interested youth to work along with a youth serving organization and build possible future collaborations. Without altering the recruitment criteria it is possible that the THE PROJECT project would not have recruited enough YTs to get past the first phase of the project.  

At the end of the recruitment phase four organizations (Partner Youth Centre, Chippewas of THE project.  

The Youth Trainers
Prior to beginning the training, the youth were made aware of their roles and responsibilities both verbally and in writing. Responsibilities included attending and participating in five days of training, with two additional follow-up days of training,  coordinating practice sessions with the local THE PROJECT Coordinator, and delivering training to practice groups.  They were also encouraged to engage with their assigned TMs and the Community Researcher.  During and after the workshops the YTs were also expected to participate in the on-line discussion board, schedule dates and locations for workshops, recruit participants, and do outreach.

It was important to get a sense of the needs and perceptions of the YTs prior to the training in order to track any changes to expectations and outcomes over time, and to quickly address any concerns, challenges, or misperceptions they may have during the early stages of the training. A focus group of YTs was scheduled to take place prior to their first workshop.  Due to illness on the part of the Community Researcher the focus group took place on the second weekend of training.   Consent forms were created for the YTs highlighting what their involvement in both the workshops and research component would require.  

A focus group was held on a Saturday and Sunday to give all YTs an opportunity to participate. The 8 respondents ranged in age from 14 to 17 years old and spoke candidly about their reasons for becoming involved, expectations, and concerns and challenges to participating in the THE PROJECT project.  Below is a summarization of the insights that came out of the two focus groups.


Recruitment
The youth were recruited through multiple methods.  Three of the respondents learned of the THE PROJECT project primarily by their youth organizations. Two of the youth became aware of the program through school presentations, and three youth indicted that they learned of the THE PROJECT project through several sources: youth organizations, an e-mail from the local Coordinator, and/or a student presentation. 

Participation
The reasons most cited for wanting to participate in the THE PROJECT program included building confidence to speak in front of others, applying skills to career goals, general interest, personal improvement (increase personal awareness, solve personal problems, organize thoughts), and a willingness to try something new.

Concerns and challenges to participating
The concerns and challenges the youth perceived they might have during and after training included: Having to rely on others for transportation (primarily parents), time and scheduling difficulties during training, ability to teach facilitation skills, questioning the usefulness of the training, and getting assistance in the future if needed.

Based on this initial focus group it became clear that many youth, prior to the training, did not believe that they would be capable of leading a workshop and train others in the YFL facilitation methods.  When asked how they feel about training other youth, one YT did not believe they would be able to facilitate a group on their own, while another did not believe that they could stand up in front of a group to deliver the training.  The Community Researcher presented the question to the ICA Program Coordinators and Steering Committee as to whether or not the YTs were fully aware that they will be facilitating these methods to other youth.  However, it was felt that at this stage it  was natural that the YTs would lack confidence in their abilities when they had not yet been exposed to the training or had an opportunity to practice.

Another concern that came out of the focus group was the YT’s uncertainty of how they would utilize this training for community building purposes.  When asked what topics or interests they would like to facilitate, or who they would expect to present their workshops to, there were no participants with a general area of interest.  A lack of interest or an uncertainty in how to apply their skills suggested a potential barrier when it came time for the YTs to facilitate others. The general impression coming out of the focus groups was that most YTs understood how they could benefit personally from the training, but were less aware of how this training could be applied to make positive social changes within a larger context.  

Summary:
Lessons learned during the pre-training phase
•	Funding and the timing of funding directly contribute to the ability of partner organizations to move the project forward.
•	A local Coordinator is vital to the everyday functioning of a project where working partnerships are formed between geographically diverse.
•	Community research should involve participants in various aspects of the research process.
•	Sufficient time should be allowed to identify local community issues that have a potential to affect the project outcomes.
•	A local Steering Committee offers greater accountability to the community and suggestions are based on local knowledge.
•	Flexibility and adaptation to unplanned occurrences are essential in the first phase of any project.






II Training phase
Overview of the training phase
The second part of the THE PROJECT project can be considered the training phase. Starting in late December 2006 the YFL program was introduced to the YTs at community centres in the The Communityarea. The workshops were led by the ICA’s YFL Program Coordinators, and emphasized bottom-up approaches to youth development, inclusivity, and group-process methods. The training was delivered sequentially with the initial workshops being an introduction to the YFL ‘Tools for Teamwork’ methods, the ‘Group Facilitation,’ and the ‘Train the Trainer’ methods.  After the initial workshops were completed, the recruitment for ecoMentors began while the YTs also began scheduling their presentations.  The final training in this phase of the project was the introduction of the last YFL method, the ‘Facilitative Planning’ workshop.

YFL Training: Tools for Teamwork, Group Facilitation, Train the Trainer 
Although 24 youth signed up to attend the YFL workshops there were only 9 youth to have participated to some degree in the YFL workshops.  The last minute cancellations were largely due to scheduling conflicts.  In total, six days of training were held over four weekends where three different workshops were offered: Tools for Teamwork (two days), Group Facilitation (two days) and Train the Trainer (two days).  By late January 2007 all three YFL workshops were introduced and completed.

The greatest challenge during the December to January stretch of workshops was the retention of YTs.  The first two YTs declined further participation in the THE PROJECT project after participating in one workshop. The time commitment (weekends) and family commitments were cited as the primary reasons for leaving the training early. Other YTs became concerned that they would not be able to complete their training due to the interference of school exams, part-time jobs, and extracurricular activities.  Another potential obstacle occurred when a support staff person left the training early due to a change in employment.  At this point a quick adaptation of the course schedule was the solution.  The shrinking size of the groups allowed each group to merge into one.  In response to the concerns that the time commitment for training was too great, the ICA YFL Program Coordinators restructured the work plans and were able to eliminate a day of training.  Due to the many changes occurring throughout the training, the THE PROJECT project may have appeared to be faltering or at least disorganized.  The Steering Committee became concerned with the high numbers of YTs leaving the THE PROJECT project and it was a struggle to pinpoint why the numbers were declining. 

At this time the THE PROJECT project had retained just over 50 percent of active YTs. There were 13 youth expected to participate, 9 were introduced to the program, 7 had been trained and 6 remained in the program.  Although perceptions differ as to why YTs were not continuing with the YFL training, many general areas were considered:  the recruitment process, age of the YTs, the workshop presentation and the intensity and level of the training, transportation issues, and a combination of any of the above factors.  One mitigating factor to limit the decline in participation of youth was the high degree of support offered.

Recruitment process
As mentioned in the previous phase of the THE PROJECT project, the recruitment of youth proved to be a daunting task.  For this reason, there was flexibility when it came to the selection of YTs. It has been proposed that the retention rates may have been higher if the youth had a strong understanding of how they would utilize their new skills.  In this way, there seems to be a return to the original notion that YTs should already possess leadership skills and a strong determination for positive social change.  Similarly, in the final Steering Committee meeting it was suggested that leadership could have been cultivated by first exposing the youth to the less intensive ecoMentors workshops.  Youth would then be able to better gauge how interested they were in furthering their leadership and peer-mentoring skills.




Age of the YTs
Again, in part due to the difficulties of recruiting youth as well as the desire to incorporate diversity and inclusivity the age of the YTs ranged widely from 14 to 17 years of age.  This was to be the youngest group of youth that ICA had worked with and it was generally acknowledged that the training concepts and expectations were seen to be less appropriate for the younger youth.

Workshop presentation and the intensity and level of the training 
The ICA YFL Program Coordinators were diligent about receiving feedback on their training methods.  This included eliciting verbal and written feedback from the YTs after each workshop, informally requesting feedback from the local THE PROJECT Coordinator, TMs, as well as engaging in the responses coming from the Steering Committee’s and Community Researcher’s initial findings.

Information regarding the effectiveness of the workshops was collected from the TMs in the Trainer Mentor Survey. Each respondent gave their own reflection and suggestions regarding their observations of the THE PROJECT workshops.  This included:  structure of the workshop (Design, sequence of activities, time allocation to activities, set-up, and length of workshop), facilitation, presentation style, and effectiveness of the facilitators; as well as the appropriateness of text materials.  The responses toward the structure of the workshops were positive and supportive.  Suggestions included more description of what a facilitator is, and creating clearer connections between topics.  The feedback on the effectiveness of the facilitators was positive with common phrases being: “good rapport with youth”, “friendly”, “inviting”, and “lots of energy and enthusiasm.” Although the TMs’ use of the THE PROJECT binders were limited, most found the resources “attractive”, “clear”, and having good quality graphics.

Steering Committee members (particularly those who attended the workshops) suggested that the workshops could have been more youth-centred.  The general consensus was that youth engage best when there is maximum participation, interaction, and plenty of activity.  It was also suggested that the youth may have responded differently had the workshops been led by a local youth, such as the local THE PROJECT Coordinator.  It was decided that further suggestions would be encouraged from the support staff that attended the workshops, as they had the most experience with youth.

Transportation issues
Transportation to and from workshops was seen as a barrier to participation.  Although the local THE PROJECT Coordinator worked with the YTs to schedule carpooling, the distances between destinations may have been a further deterrent.  Winter conditions were a particularly significant barrier to participation for youth traveling from The CommunityIsland.

Despite the difficulties in maintaining the number of YTs participating in THE PROJECT, there were many positive outcomes that occurred at this phase in the project.  On the individual level, many youth participating gained confidence in their own ability to lead others.  Given the relatively short period of time it is significant that three YTs accepted the offer to become members of the Steering Committee. Although only one YT attended a Steering Committee meeting, it should be recognized that the youth accepted this offer with the assurance that their voices counted and that they were important knowledge holders in the THE PROJECT project. It was also documented that one YT presented their YFL skills in the school classroom at the request of their teacher.  There is also much anecdotal evidence from the youth support workers to suggest that particular youth benefited enormously from the YFL training in regards to demonstrating higher levels of confidence in general.

At the organizational level ICA received considerable feedback on the workshops and training methods. A follow-up meeting was held with THE PROJECT support workers to discuss revisions in the curriculum and teaching methods for future training sessions with youth.  In addition, many new learning experiences were reflected upon with regards to strategic planning in the project development stage.  For example, it has been suggested that local support from the community and Steering Committee be implemented at an earlier stage in order to assist with the process of recruiting and building relations.  Other realizations include recruiting youth and groups who already have a focused interest, and 
deferring the train-the-trainer component until the YTs are  more experienced in leadership methods.

At the community level there was a better understanding of the challenges facing the youth of The Community. At the same time interest within the community was growing.  Local businesses were offering their support in various ways: granting free training space for future workshops, guaranteeing the YTs a job interview upon completion of training, and offering donations for reward packages.  In addition, the local newspapers, The The CommunityAdvocate and the newspaper, got involved when each printed an article on the THE PROJECT project, and advertised for up-coming workshops. 

February – Youth Trainers schedule their presentations/ecoMentors begins
Once the initial YFL workshops were complete, the next step was to have the YTs work with the local THE PROJECT Coordinator to schedule workshop dates and present the YFL methods.  Retaining the participation of YTs continued to be problematic; while enrolling local youth to learn from the YTs also proved to be difficult.

An undisputed factor in retaining YTs was the level of support available to the youth. In February a Youth Trainers’ Practice Day was scheduled by the local THE PROJECT Coordinator to assist YTs in becoming comfortable with the FAIR group facilitation methods.  The local THE PROJECT Coordinator also spent considerable time assisting YTs in setting up dates, locations and audience to practice their facilitation skills. In addition to the support of the local THE PROJECT Coordinator, the youth could rely on the help of the youth organization support staff, TMs, and the on-line live journal community.  The youth were also provided opportunities to be active decision-makers at the stage in the training.  The YTs chose the location of their workshops, the dates that they would present, and the promotional material to advertise their workshops.  They were also encouraged to collectively plan the end-of-project Celebration Summit.  It is important to consider to what degree the YTs felt comfortable in planning their own workshops since much of the experiential learning and confidence building comes not only in the training but also from the actual coordinating of workshops.  

Flexibility and adaptation were themes repeated in this phase of the training.  The decision was made to pair up YTs to conduct a workshop together and offer them rewards for doing so.  This would be less stressful on the part of the YTs and easier to accommodate.  At this point there were 6 YTs still active in the THE PROJECT training and the balance of YTs to TMs was no longer balanced at 2:1.  Instead each pair of YTs was supported by four TMs.  Although there appeared to be minimal involvement between the YTs and TMs it can be seen as a positive aspect of the project that expert support was offered and available when needed.  

Only through speculation can it be said that the underutilization of the TMs and was due to a disconnection between ages, interests, and geographical distance of the two groups.   It is also not readily apparent why the Live Journal of THE PROJECT On-line postings were largely unsuccessful (three youth joined the Live Journal group but few postings were made).  Initially the technology was not seen as easy to navigate and a TM volunteered their expertise to assist the YTs in signing onto the forum.  Unfortunately, the Live Journal was rarely used in any capacity.  It can be pointed out however that the Live Journal was conceptualized during the beginning phase of the project as an alternative way of engaging in discussions pertaining to the training. Had the idea of the Live Journal come from the YTs and “owned” by them, then perhaps it would have been more effective.

 There were difficulties in maintaining the momentum at this phase in the project. One YT required a postponement to their workshop dates with the result being a reshuffling of partners. Eventually another YT would decide that he was no longer interested in facilitating a partnered workshop and left the project early.  The inconsistency of partners and loss of peer participation may have been frustrating to the remaining YTs and can be considered a potential push factor in discontinuing their enrolment in the project.

The month of February also saw the start up of the recruiting for ecoMentors.  Having already been trained as an ecoMentor Animator in the previous phase of the project, the local THE PROJECT Coordinator was able to promote the program at local high school presentations. A variety of methods were used to recruit interested youth including e-mail alerts, posting flyers, and working with a local newspaper to advertise the training.  At this point the response rate was slow and not promising. 

March and April – Presenting a Workshop
Recruiting participants for the youth-led workshops proved to be difficult. Scheduled workshops were cancelled when participants failed to sign up.  When this challenge was brought to the Steering Committee suggestions were offered at each level.  From a community standpoint it was believed that the support of the school boards would be needed.  At an organizational level it was suggested that defining goals for the project and establishing measures for outcomes needed to be built prior to the start of training.   Another suggestion was to have clear written responsibilities for youth-serving organizations as to their roles and responsibilities in recruiting and supporting YTs. At the individual level it was noted that weekend workshops appeared to be a deterrent for many youth; planning a workshop after school may be more practical. To attract greater numbers, it was proposed that the project should target specific youth who were already active in school groups, such as a student council.  Some Steering Committee members pointed out that the concept of THE PROJECT was not simplistic and that visuals of some sort   would aid in understanding the goals and expectations of the project.  Similarly, one recommendation was to provide video footage of an actual workshop in order to get a better orientation of the project. 



May – The Facilitative Planning workshop/ Successfully lead workshops
The final Facilitative Planning workshop occurred in May.  Based on the reflections and recommendations made largely by the Steering Committee, deliberate changes were made to the workshop structure.  The most significant changes included the training being conducted by one of the very experienced Trainer Mentors with a great deal of youth experience and opening the workshop to all interested youth of The Community, rather than limiting it to the previous.  The workshop was heavily advertised by the local THE PROJECT Coordinator who used a variety of methods to get the word out. Recruitment included: flyers, e-mails to youth groups, high schools, including student councils, local libraries, a youth shelter, a local employment centre, and a youth advocacy group.  The advertising was successful in recruiting six youth who were new to the project.

May was also the period where YTs were expected to try their hand at facilitating groups.  There were two primary ways that the youth-led workshops would take place.  Either youth were encouraged through advertisements to take a scheduled workshop led by a YT, or a community group could request a YT to facilitate one of their group sessions.  In the case of the scheduled workshops one was successfully completed by a pair of YTs who presented the Tools for Team Work, and Group Facilitation methods.  Although the turnout was minimal, the opportunity encouraged the YTs to continue building their facilitation skills.

In comparison, when an opportunity to facilitate a local high school parent council meeting the YTs declined the offer; even when a $30 honorarium was offered.  Despite the missed opportunity (for unknown reasons) the support of the local parent council is noteworthy.  Fortunately another opportunity arose for the YTs to showcase their skills and this time they accepted.  Two YTs each led a focus group during a strategic planning session for the Partner Youth Centre staff. Based on the three previous examples it would appear that the decision on whether to facilitate a group or not may be determined by how comfortable the YTs are with the groups they are presenting to; they more often presented to peers and familiar groups than to unfamiliar adults or groups.

Although the project saw many ups and downs there is reason to believe that community capacity building was furthered during this phase of the project.  At the individual level the Youth Internship funding allowed the local THE PROJECT Coordinator to network with other youth at The Region Rural Council’s Rural Youth Forum in Belleville; further networking occurred when the local Coordinator presented the THE PROJECT project to the Youth Interagency Group .  EcoMentors was given more attention when the ecoMentors Program Coordinator teamed up with the local THE PROJECT Coordinator to present ecoMentors to the The CommunityEnvironmental Advisory Committee.  In addition the lead partners of THE PROJECT and the Steering Committee demonstrated their belief in the project by writing letters of recommendation to ensure the local THE PROJECT Coordinator’s position would be funded an additional 4 months after the completion of the first funding period.

Summary:
Lessons learned during the training phase
•	It is better to have support underutilized than to be without any support. 
•	The level of support accessed is likely to be higher when youth choose who they would like support from and by what method (face -to-face, e-mail, forum, phone)
•	YTs may need to deliver many informal workshops to peers before they will feel comfortable applying skills to a larger audience
•	Although flexibility and adaptation are key to keeping the THE PROJECT project functioning, too many changes in one phase of the project can be frustrating to YTs and may act as a deterrent to future facilitation
•	Community support is crucial to the sustainability of the THE PROJECT project 







III. Post-training phase
Overview of the post- training phase
The final phase of the THE PROJECT project considers the progress that has been made by the YTs, partner organization, and the community and highlights the issue of sustainability.  Will the THE PROJECT project continue?  How can THE PROJECT be sustained? Who will take on responsibilit </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>37 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='37'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Enhancing the Skills of Women Leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations through Training Programs </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' > The proposed project aims to train approximately 400 women managers and leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations about micro-finance principles, governance, financial management and accountin. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Enhancing the Skills of Women Leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations through Training Programs


A Project Proposal 



1. Background
There have been various programs to uplift the status of women. It is felt that the empowerment of women can be achieved best by improving economic condition. The improved economic condition is supposed to penetrate other dimension, especially leadership development and decision power both in household level as well as community level.

Micro-finance institutions are  supposed to enhance the economic condition of the people. So many projects aim to include women in micro-finance institution. Most of the micro finance institutions are doing very well but still they lack system and human resources necessary for the sustainability. Micro- finance institution so far has been running smoothly because of the strong will power and commitment of the participants rather than well-developed system and appropriate human resources.

It is thus realized that Micro-Finance Institutions, in particular women's Saving & Credit Organizations (SCOs), need to develop the systems and human resources required to increase their outreach and improve their sustainability.

The proposed project aims to train approximately 400 women managers and leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations about micro-finance principles, governance, financial management and accountin.
  
2. Objectives
The proposed  project aims to develop the skill of women leader and manager in the field of micro finance management. The specific objective of this project is as follows:
•	To train 400 women leaders and managers to Saving and Credit organizations SCO management proper accounting system, financial management.
•	To enhance their leadership skill in terms of human resources.
•	To help establish in SCOs, easy and proper accounting system.
•	To develop the accounting system for SCOs that can be managed even by general literate women.
•	To established a system of participatory self-evaluation in SCOs.  

3. Project Area & Beneficiaries
The proposed project aims to train 400 women leaders and managers from various SCOs. The SCOs will be invited to the training as well as in the stage of participant selection. The participants of the training would be those leading women of SCOs and account holder person who are eligible (fit) according to the criteria.

4. Output
The major output of the proposed project would be as follows:
a) Product Output
- 400 women leaders and managers of SCOs will be trained on various aspects of micro-finance institutions by 15th Feb. 2000.
- 400 manuals will be distributed among 400 participants in the training course. The manual will include various aspects of SCOs as well as financial management system,
- 32 resource persons will have command in their field. They will get chance to have more experience.

b) Process output
- At least 50% of the trainers will be women experts in their respective field.
- The institutions will have expertise in micro finance institutions.
- Entirely new technique (method) of project evaluation will be adopted which will certainly be the landmark in project evaluation.

5. Methodology :
A brief explanation of the main activities  necessary to achieve the output outlined above are as follows:

a. Selection of the participant:
For this kind of training, participant should be quite literate and responsible person either being leading figures of the organization or account holder (keeper). However, participants will be selected with the help of concerned SCOs according to criteria. All the SCOs will be informed through letter and advertisement in newspaper. They will be requested to nominate the participant on behalf of their organization. They will be informed clearly of the criteria of selection as well. The confirmation of the participants and the details of the training (venue, date and other necessary information) will be informed to the responsible person and organization in the due course of time.

b. Selection Resource Persons (Trainers)
Resource persons will be selected based on the subject matter and their expertise in respective field. There will be 16 trainers (Resource persons) altogether for the training and priority will be given to include as many as women trainer not less than 50% in aggregate. The services of the trainers will be confirmed by Sept. 15, 1999 and it will be duly reported.

c. Finalization of training course:
With the help of experts in the field of micro finance management, the proposed course of the training would be finalized. There will be one workshop to finalize the course content and related issues. The participants of this workshop will be trainers, experts from related field and representative. The workshop will not only finalize the content of the training but also identify and finalize the resource materials as well. Priority will be given to make the resource materials more simple and the language will provided the condition that all participants necessarily not to be highly educated. 

d. Training
Altogether there will be 16 training for 400 women leaders from various SCOs. Each training will be conducted for 6 consecutive days. Each training will comprise 25 participants. Each training will have four packages. Each training will be provided by 2 trainers. The venue of each training will be decided in consultation. However, priority will be given to organize the training so as to be equal distant from each SCOs to be participated. Various methodologies  will be used like Group Facilitation Methods (GFM) developed by ICA. All participants will be provided the training manual along with necessary resource materials prepared. The necessary cost of each participants will be borne by this project. 

e. Evaluation of training  
The evaluation of the training course will be done at two levels. The first one will be during the course of training while the second one will be 2 months after the training. Both of these evaluations will be done with the help of ICA methods like basic discussion method, wall of wonder method, counter interaction method along with written feedback of the participants. The participants will fill a questionnaire both prior and after training so that the change in their understanding will help evaluate the training during training course.

After two month of the completion of the training, a team comprising trainer, representative from CMF and ICA will visit the training site and organize a workshop to evaluate the training. ICA technologies will be used to evaluate the training. The report of the evaluation will be submitted to CMF. This kind of evaluation will help to improve the similar training to be conducted in future. Some adjustments will be made in the training with the help of  the evaluation report.

6. Reporting
The reporting will be done in four phase. The first three reporting will be done during the training period. The inception report will be submitted immediate after beginning of training. It will include the activities undertaken till the first training from the very beginning.  The second brief report will be submitted in between the middle part of training i.e. after completing 8 training. These two report will include the evaluation of the training to date; as well as financial report also. The third brief report will be submitted after completion of all training.

After completion of last ( 16th) training, ICA will prepare the final report of the project. The final report will include the final evaluation of the last training as well. So final report will be submitted at the end. It will include the audited financial report as well as photo report of the project.

7. Time Line
Project Activities/ Date	1999	2000
	Aug	Sept	Oct	Nov	Dec	Jan	Feb	Mar	Apr
- Selection of participants
- Selection of trainers
- Finalization of course
   ( workshop)
- Training material preparation
- Training
- Evaluation of training
- Reporting
- Final report preparation &
   submission              
	






	





          
	




	




	




	




			
8. Budget
A. Training Cost ( one training)
D.A. Trainer ( 7day / 2 persons/ 1200.00)			= 16 800

Travelling Cost (For Trainers)					= 6 000

Participant Remuneration (25 X 200 X 7)			= 35 000
(including travelling, lodging, snack and food)

Stationary (manual, handouts etc.)			
     (25 participants / 200 per head)				= 5 000

Training Materials (Markers, card etc,)				= 1 500
								___________
		Sub total ( one training)				= 58 900

			For 16 training	  58 900 X 16		 =  942 400

B. Workshop Cost
a. Course Evaluation (One day)
D.A. for participants
(32 trainers+4 experts X 500)				= 18 000

Stationary							=  4 000

Snack								=   6 000
								__________		
			Subtotal				= 28 000

b. Workshop Evaluation (One day)
Resource Persons 3 X 1 500					= 4 500

D.A. for participants
(32 Participants 300)					= 9 600

Stationary							= 4 000

Snack								= 6 000
								__________		
			Subtotal				24 100
									

C. Report Preparation
Report preparation cost (Training and Evaluation Reports)	= 15 000
(stationary, computer, typing, printing etc.)					

D. Audit							= 10 000
Auditor charge
							
E. Personnel Cost
Coordinator ( 8 months/ 10 000)				  = 80 000
Support staff ( 8 months/ 5 000)		  		  = 40,000
								____________		
				Subtotal			120 000

F. Administrative Cost
Travel / Communication					= 10,000
Stationary ( Photo, slides etc.)					= 5 000
Limited contingency for inflation				= 10 000
								__________							Subtotal		25 000	

Grand Total					1164 500


9. Request 
ICA aims to carry out all 16 training or few as allocated by CECI. In that case, the budget will be recalculated as per the training course.

The Institute of Cultural Affairs
ICA is an autonomous, non-profitable, non-political and non-governmental organization.

ICA:
ICAs activities are based on participation. The three major areas of activities of the ICAs are sustainable development, life-long education and organizational transformation. The ICAs have their own training modules developed for facilitation, participation and planning. 

Various Technology of Participation (ToP) methods developed by ICA such as Focused Conversation Method, Workshop Method, Strategic Planning Method etc. can be used to solve various problems. These methods can be used from grassroots to corporate level. The ICAs training courses are useful for all development practitioners, particularly governmental and non- - governmental workers active in the field of development.

Apart from such training courses, the ICA principles are also being used to community development sector. ICA works with the grassroots organizations and individuals to enable the integration of the Technology of Participation into their day to day activities. It helps in improving the quality of other government or NGO sectors by imparting quality training. 

Aims of ICA
The aims of the ICA are as follows:
- To work for empowering indigenous community,
- To promote a culture of participation at all levels of society,
- To facilitate creative change in individual and groups by promoting socio-economic and cultural development, and
- To encourage people and groups to participate in alleviating poverty, unemployment and backwardness through cooperatives and micro credit.

Activities:
ICA carries out various activities on Group Facilitation Methods, strategic and action planning and project-based programs. Following activities are undertaken by the ICA.

1. Capacity Building:
The ICA focuses on building human resources and organizational transformation through participatory techniques. It organizes various courses so as to increase people's participation in development and to preserve their own culture and values conducive to creative development and change. ICA also works in enhancing effectiveness in business community by imparting its knowledge on participatory planning. Similarly, various training courses on micro credit management and environmental management and sustainable development are also conducted.

2. Increasing Public Awareness on Health, Education and Environment:
The lack of public awareness in various sectors particularly health, education and environment has created various problems that undermine the development process. The ICA focuses its programs to alleviate such problems by carrying out action oriented programs on such themes. The ICA is also active in promoting children and women rights.

3. Adult Literacy Programs:
The group has initiated literacy classes in some rural areas. People belonging to lower caste group and ethnic minorities are particularly encouraged to participate in such classes. The class is conducted for 6 months. Apart from being able to read, write and calculate the participants are also trained on basic concept of health, nutrition, environment, human rights etc.

4. Community Development:
Some community development projects are commenced by the ICA integrating various issues such as income-generating activities, health, nutrition, family planning, environment etc. The basic objective of such projects is to help in establishing model villages in various parts of the country by integrating a holistic and participatory development approach. 

The ICA is also active in the field of drinking water and its quality management particularly in the rural area. The group demonstrates ways of quality treatment of drinking water among rural mass. ICA has carried out micro credit activities enabling poor people to carry out income generating activities such as pig and goat farming, rabbit raising, bee-keeping, tailoring, carpentry etc. This has enabled economically disadvantaged people to take part in entrepreneurial activities. 

Projects are undertaken to improve the living condition of so-called lower community. The project is expected to develop awareness among the community towards their role in the development of the area. All of these activities will be undertaken in a participatory way.	

Membership:
The ICA has four types of membership i.e. advisory members, honorary members, associate members and full members. Only full members may apply for the executive committee in general bodies meeting. The daily activities of the ICA are performed by a secretariat. The executive committee is advised by an advisory board comprising 5 members.

The group has a centrally located secretariat with basic physical facilities such as spacious office, computers, email etc.



Dear Sir

Referring to the information we got from you, we are happy to know that XXX is planning on organizing different training activities at the national level through collaboration with partner NGOs. ICA has been operating capacity development and community development activities I am pleased to inform you that ICA has already worked in capacity development activities. 

Enclosed please find the proposal on 'Enhancing the Skills of Women Leaders of Saving and Credit Organizations through Training Programs'. We hope that this proposal fits into the interest and aims  of xxx and that you are prepared to discuss it with your colleagues and board members. Of course, we are interested in your questions and remarks on the proposal, so that we can also learn from your experiences in this sector.

We look forward to establish some form of cooperation and look forward your response.

Thank you in advance,

With kind regards,


 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>45 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='45'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >HIV/AIDS PREVENTION YOUTH </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >This project is Phase II and we will build upon our previous successes and train 200 YFLs and reach 1400 youth social change agents in the first 24 months, while introducing the Living Well training program after the first year.  The third year of the program is to continue training while focusing on monitoring and evaluation, extensive research, database tracking, and reporting. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >HIV/AIDS PREVENTION YOUTH
I.  SUMMARY
ICA proposes this three-year project to enlist youth as change agents for HIV/AIDS prevention.

A.  Problem Statement
 the County has not only the largest HIV positive population in the world, but also the most at-risk youth population in  the continent.  Approximately 10% of the males between 14 and 25 year olds are HIV positive and 25% of the females in this age range.  Half of all new cases of HIV infections are among young people.  It is estimated that 50% of the  the Countyn youth will die from AIDS related illnesses.

Although there are many youth projects in  the County, few have the advantage of the ICA years of work with its Youth as Facilitative Leaders’  (YFL) Program – a program began almost 40 years ago in Chicago, Ill.  This program has demonstrated the impact of youth as “change agents” rather than problems to be solved.  Other organizations treat youth as passive recipients of information, as vulnerable – not valuable.  This passive approach to youth is seen as helping to inform youth but little to do with changing behavior.  In the ICA process, youth are taught how to be group leaders but more important how they can be implementers of what they plan and determine their future. In  the County, the YFL program has been running since 2002 and has been working in both urban and rural areas using this concept.

B.  Beneficiaries/Target Population
Although much of the original ICA HIV/AIDS work had been with the Township by building local capacity with HIV/AIDS leaders, this first project had progressed to a level of organizational sustainability.  ICA in  the County decided that it needed to work specifically with the five-year old youth network and engage them in the HIV/AIDS related issues.  The direct beneficiaries will be 200 youth leaders and 1400 youth social change agents.

C.  Geographic Region
The geographic reach of this project includes four areas of  the Country.  We will have Youth as Facilitative Leaders teams, consisting of twenty youth, in eight different schools and two out of school youth programs.  We will train these young people on facilitation skills, socio-economic issues they face daily, and on HIV/AIDS.  The uniqueness of this program is that these youth will then design their own programs in their schools and other groups and they will become youth facilitators in the process of conducting their individual activities in partnership with ICA  the County trained facilitators.  Additionally, we will work with the schools to develop ownership of the activities and to create a cohesive relationship between the school administration and the YFL groups.
 

II.   STRATEGY

In Phase I from 2002 to 2005, more than 1000 young people have been reached and informed about HIV/AIDS through trainings.  The trainings provide young people the opportunity to re-evaluate their behavior, such as the appropriate time to engage in sexual intercourse, and give them the skills needed to educate their peers into becoming social change agents.  This program channels youth to create awareness about their own vulnerability and decisions about their lives, while improving the living conditions of those individuals already affected and infected.  This project is Phase II and we will build upon our previous successes and train 200 YFLs and reach 1400 youth social change agents in the first 24 months, while introducing the Living Well training program after the first year.  The third year of the program is to continue training while focusing on monitoring and evaluation, extensive research, database tracking, and reporting.
Goal I: To develop young people as facilitative leaders to mobilize and influence positive social change in the fight against HIV/AIDS in their schools and communities.  
Goal II: To help those affected and infected with HIV/AIDS to not only die well (with dignity), but to learn to live well.

A.  Activities
The proposed activities will address the first APS-defined objective: prevention of HIV transmission by: (1) training those that are most infected and affected by HIV, the youth and other vulnerable children; (2) discuss abstinence, fidelity, and partner-reduction activities with those most sexually active in  the County, and educate youth on the issues of testing and provide access to testing, (3) promote condoms and provide access to condoms; (4) empower youth, especially girls, in communication skills and assertiveness to be more selective of sexual partners and delay of sexual activity, (5) support community action, (6) provide educational material, (7) facilitate and teach facilitation skills, and (5) create supportive community  and educational environments.

B.  Performance Indicators

Objectives	Interventions	Activities	Performance Indicators	Expected Results
Goal I – To develop young people as facilitative leaders to mobilize and influence positive social change in the fight against HIV/AIDS in their schools and communities.  
Objective 1.1

Survey families and youth in (4 regions) 8 schools, and 2 out of school programs of  the County	Baseline Survey and Research



	Baseline Survey prepared and delivered, and results analyzed.

Facilitate Action Plans with 8 schools and 2 youth programs.

	Youth participating in structuring and delivering the survey and Action Plans.

80% participation
	10 surveys completed

10 Action Plans completed (schools and youth programs)

Analysis and research report. Determination of HIV knowledge, attitudes, and behavioral patterns of the youth.

Data collection consistent and ongoing.
Objective 1.2

Train youth in leadership and facilitation skills.	Facilitation training	Train 200 youth in participatory facilitation, leadership skills, and assertiveness training.	75% of youth trained report outreach and collect data	Total of 1400 youths participating in facilitation of other youth and outreach.

Objective 1.3

Train youth in HIV/AIDS prevention	Prevention training courses	Conduct 10 trainings in HIV/AIDS prevention per 
Year including info on teen pregnancy, gender, and violence against women.	70% of youth trained report a change in behavior

75% increase the use of condoms	Reduction in violence and rape. 

Reduction in new HIV infections.

Delay in age of first sex.
Goal II – To help those affected and infected with HIV/AIDS to not only die well (with dignity), but to
 learn to live well.
Objective 2.1

Ensure implementation of the training through youth leaders trained previously.
	HIV/AIDS prevention and education	The HIV/AIDS Field Guide amended to suit  the County culture issued and published.

The training published in local languages.

Nutritional and health diet trainings for PLWHA

Encourage a culture of regular testing. Target schools for testing sites.	The book, and the delivered to every  youth that participates in the project.

75% increase in number of individuals tested.

Increase number of people going for VCT	Measurable reduction in HIV/AIDS.

People infected with HIV/AIDS living better than before specifically defined by the baseline survey and research

Increase in local testing by 50%.
Objective 2.2

Implement facilitated meetings for those affected and infected by HIV/AIDS to implement a behavior change process for prevention.
	
Youth leaders Initiative in each community (8)

Community meetings that include and are lead by youth	
Community active participation.

Develop Planning Events

Community Mapping

Database created.
	Community mapped and information entered into survey, research, and database.

Strategic Action Plan created

Participates attend 80% of the meetings with equal number of men, women, and youth.

25% decrease in early marriages.	8 plans developed.

The communities and the youth see themselves as stakeholders and the future of  the County.

Communities create a community mobilization 3-5 year plan.

Local government and school administration ongoing support.


Exit strategy planned.
Objective 2.3

Track and measure the improved living conditions of those affected and infected with HIV/AIDS.	Capacity building and training in M&E.

Baseline Survey*

Mid-term Evaluation

Three-year final research and report.	
Capacity building of all stakeholders.

M&E system will: (a) access surveillance data, (b) collect data  for programming and evaluation, (c) utilize the MIS with implementing partners, (d) evaluate information, and (e) use to review project and prepare reports.	Monthly reports to measure progress against qualitative measures with accurate tracking of all target information.

Increase of community participation

Youth leadership skills.	Techniques for information accuracy, monitoring: basic data collection and analysis, MIS, information technology all show improvement.

Determination of HIV knowledge, attitudes, and behavioral patterns of the each school, youth program, and community in the project.

C.  Local Partners
This program is designed to be a partnership.  A partial list of other partnerships includes:
•	Government of  the County and local administration
•	Eight schools and two youth out of school youth programs
•	Local testing centers.
•	Local CBOs and NGOs dealing with HIV/AIDS issues such as:
-	Coalition for peace in  the continent– working on issues of Conflict Transformation at grassroots level, especially issues of conflict relating to gender, race and power.
-	Health - working on gender issues, especially encouraging male involvement and partnership between males and females in tackling HIV/AIDS and gender-based violence.
-	V - empowering the community in Impumelelo/Devon, a rural area of Province to take control of their response to the HIV/AIDS pandemic.
-	C – working on anti-oppression issues, especially focusing on tackling ideologies of oppression (whether based on gender, race, ethnicity etc) through ownership and participation, and.

D.  Trainings and Publications
To accomplish change in behavior whether it is abstinence, faithfulness, or correct and consistent condom use – or testing for preventing mother to child transmission (PMTCT) – it requires a process of internalization that includes 1) information about the disease and how to prevent it; 2) a subjective response to the hazards and conflicts inherent in changed behavior; 3) analysis of what has happened to others and what the risks and benefits of change are; 4) a decision to behave in a certain way; and 5) a plan for implementing that decision.  A new understanding or change in “image” by the individual and the community is necessary for sustained change in attitude and behavior.   They must willingly participate in the change process.  The intervention to assist this process is “facilitation.”  By both using facilitation and teaching facilitation skills, we empower local communities and youth groups to manage and engage themselves in their own HIV/AIDS response and take responsibility for their future.  

 Our HIV/AIDS Prevention Education Guide for  the continent Communities has been used in eight  the continent countries. The Ministry of Health has distributed this manual to all nine provinces.  What makes this manual unique is that it is intended for use by community HIV/AIDS educators to assist them in talking with their neighbors about HIV/AIDS prevention and management. It contains fifteen lessons on HIV/AIDS prevention and the care of those affected.  Each lesson answers questions people may have about HIV/AIDS and provides information about the life of an HIV individual, a family and a community.  Each lesson has four major points with accompanying illustrations to share with families and communities, and a suggested corresponding interactive conversation and optional activities for larger groups.  The lessons are based on HIV, Health and Your Community. The Field Guide was originally written on site and was revised for projects in seven additional  the continent countries in 2003.

HIV/AIDS Resource Directory is developed through the community development process using community mapping and participatory strategic planning.  This directory contains information on how to get help on all aspects of HIV/AIDS patient needs.  

Our program staff has been trained in the care system called Living Well. This system allows communities to move from helping people die with dignity to helping them live well.  Living Well is the intervention that guides communities, youth groups, and individuals in HIV/AIDS Positive Self-Management.

E.  Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E)
Our M&E will provide the information that the various stakeholders need to set benchmarks and determine whether they are achieving results and moving towards project impact on schedule.  We have established M&E as one of our main objectives (Objective 2.3 above) and we will employ a M&E expert to design a comprehensive Project Monitoring Plan (PMP) that will contain specific features related to various demands for, and uses of, data and information.  The plan will provide a consistent framework through which information is generated and managed from the field and will be one of the main tasks of ICA once trained in this field.

The YFL coordination team will be visiting the different schools and villages’ monthly in order to monitor activities and provide support to the youth groups.  They will be completing assessment portfolios monthly on each school’s and community’s activities, successes, challenges and learning.  This project is designed to transfer capacity to ICA and the YFL (youth as facilitative leaders) in 4 regions.

III.  SUSTAINABILITY

 the County is a country where majority of youths are expected to die as young adults. For this program to be truly sustainable, the youths of today need to be empowered to make smart decisions about their health, their families, and their economic futures.  This training for 200 youths facilitators grows exponentially by the end of the project timeframe and continues to grow long into the future.  Schools will be empowered with new educational HIV/AIDS programs.  These youth and their schools then will empower the next generation.  They will have the facilitation skills necessary to lead groups and eventually become the next generation of leaders for their country.

 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>47 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='47'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Leadership Training and Integrated Development </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >The target beneficiaries for this program include men and women from the ages 18 year though 60 years. The programme targets 14 villages of The community Location. While the Self Help Group component of the programme would target 30 women groups in 15 villages where the Leadership Training and Integrated Development programme phase one would be completed  </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >
A. Leadership Training and Integrated Development


Title of the project: - continuation of Leadership Training and Integrated Development Programme Phase II


Project period: January 2010 to December 2012 (3 years)


Total Budget for the project three years: 16, 894, 502








B. Social, Political and Economic back ground

a)  the country

Economic feel from 7.1 million to 1.7 in 2008, the dramatic decline recorded last year shows the full impact of the post election violence, instability in the Government and drought. According to the economic survey, done by the Ministry of National Planning, vision 2030 the plan that was carried at catapulting  the country into to the ranks of newly industrialized countries was under serious threat.

The Major sector of Agriculture and  the country performed poorly. There are 18, 000 fewer jobs created in 2008 year.

The Minister for planning when released the survey said, “All I can say is that meeting the vision objectives is now a challenge. The economic survey notes that, growth in the whole scale and retail sector declined from 11.5% to 5.1%

The manufacturing sector too registered a 3.8% growth rate last year down from 6.5% in 2007 The net effect was that the purchasing power of  the countryns feel as steady rise in the cost of living eroded household revenues. Inflation rate rose to 25% between January and April touching a high rate of 31.5% the following month of May 2008. This resulted into majority of  the countryns cutting spending for essentials.

According to the economic survey 2009, agriculture declined by 5% in 2008. Export earning agricultural sub sector like Horticulture declined from . 67.3Bilion in 2007 to . 58 Billion in 2008. Local Maize production reduced from 32.5 Million bags in 2007 to 26 Million bags 2008.The Economic survey further notes that, while post election violence and high inflation rate occasion by fuel prices dug in to the sector lack of structural policy accelerated the fall. The high cost of agricultural inputs like seeds and fertilizer worsened the situation leading in to low production in both food and cash crops.  

The post election violence resulted to loss of lives, displacement of people from their farms, destruction of property and destruction of crops. The post election violence aftermath is being experienced in the country in which majority of the displaced persons are still living in internally displaced persons Camps (IDP camps). This coupled with poor weather patterns / draught has led to the agricultural sector leading to 50% negative growth rate.

The contraction in the agricultural production led to price increase of most of the food commodities says the survey. Production of maize, the stable food declined from 32.5 million bags in 2007 to 26 million bags in 2008, about 14 million bags that  the countryns consumes annually. That rate fall forced the Government to seek 26 million to import food.

The survey notes that, the Tourism that used to be leading foreign exchange earner and a key employer recorded a massive minus 36% decline against 16.3% growth rate in 2007. The sector earning dropped to 52.7 billion against 65.2 billion in 2007.

The construction and Education, largely driven by the Government high involvement in Road projects and free Primary and subsidized Secondary education programmes are the only sectors that performed better than they did in 2007.
The construction industry grew by 8.3% compared to 6.9% in 2007 while education expanded by 5.8% in the year against 3.7 in 2007.

On the political front, the squabbles in the coalition Government between the major partners keeps on heightening the political temperatures in the country. The political class is doing this at a time when the internally displaced persons are still in the camps. 10 million  the countryns are facing starvation and 56% of the population lives below the poverty line.

A commission of enquiry in the post election violence was established by the Government. 

The mandate of that commission was to probe on the major causes of the violence and come up with a recommendation so that such occurrence would not be repeated in the future and that those who financed or supported the violence would face justice.

The alternative forum number 24 2008/9 notes, an authoritative newsletter on Development issues. On the report noted that, Indeed the  report is one of the boldest reports since independence. Besides rumbling the mighty across the political divide, provides far reaching recommendations that will end election impunity in  the country. The report further notes that, “certainly the commission made a full faithful and impartial inquiry” 

To break the cycle of impunity, which was at the heart of the post election violence, the report recommended the creation of a special tribunal with the mandate to present crimes committed as a result of the post election violence.

The proposed tribunal if established was to have an international out look with non- the countryn being part of the presentation and investigation staff. The  commission was keen on ending the culture, which has permeated within the  the countryn society. 

Over a period of time, there has been a deliberate effort by politicians to obtain power since the early 90s plus the decision not to punish perpetrators, which has led to culture of impunity and instant escalation of violence. The report has indicated that there have not been any serous efforts made by any Government to punish perpetrators of violence or to address the plight of their victims.

The  commission recommended that, in default of settling up the local tribunal, the names of the alleged perpetrators to be handed over to the special prosecutor of the International Criminal Court based in The Hague to conduct further investigation. The motion to set up a local tribunal was debated in parliament early this year and it was defeated. That leaves The Hague option as the only viable option.

Poverty is a breading ground for political violence and violence brings poverty inequality and consistent marginalization of some ethnic groups in sharing of national resources including land and services polarized the violence. The report appears that  the countryns are concerned that resources are distributed inadequately and were quick to point out the inequities. For example over 60% of the population in Capital city city hire in the slums, last year the Government appointed another Independent review commission headed by a judge to look into constitutional and legal frame work in relation to General Elections. On December 5th, 2008 Parliament anonymously adopted the report. The report had strongly recommended that there was a need for radical reform of the electoral commission on the creation of a new electoral management body with a new name and image committed to administrative, excellence in the sense of electoral integrity, composed of a Policy making and a supervisory Board selected in a transparency and inclusive manner.

On December 15th 2008, parliament passed a law to form an interim Independent Electoral Commission. The members of the Interim Independent Electroral Commission were this year in May appointed and the former electoral commission was disbanded.

On constitutional reforms, the constitution review of Bill 2008 to facilitate the completion of the review of the  the country constitution has been enacted and a team of experts to move the process have been appointed.

The unemployment of the youth in  the country is contributing to the establishment of gangs and militias groups that are threat to National security. According to recent media reports, one of the outlawed gangs mostly operating in Capital city and the wider central Province, has been accused of murdering 26 people

There is an urgent need to tackle the unemployment amongst the youth because they currently constitute about 60% of the adult population in  the country. The Government established the Youth Enterprise Fund. However, the efforts need to be completed by both the civil society and the private sector. The Government’s plan to raise the retirement age fro 55 years to 60 years is a slap on the face of the youth in this country.

b) location 

The community location lies in the newly created District that was curved out of  District. This is in line with the new government policy of making every constituency in the country to become a district. This is meant to bring resources and services closer to the people. Currently, the Government is in the process of establishing the offices of various ministries in the District. The District headquarters have been situated in Town which is 65 Km from The community location. The area has a new member of parliament. The community location now lies in the new Division. The location has a new elected civic leader. The community shopping center was in 2008 installed with electric power. This is expected to improve the local economy of the location. The inhabitants of the location are mainly subsistence farmers who rely on rain fed agriculture. The crops grown in the location includes maize, beans, cowpeas, sorghum and green grams as the main food crops. The Location has poor road infrastructure with no tarmac road and 10% of the population has access to piped water. The location has been adversely affected by droughts in which there has been total crop failure for the last consecutive two years. Following the persistent droughts, the people have resulted to detrimental coping mechanisms of burning and selling of charcoal. This business has led to cutting down of trees without replacing them thus leading to environmental degradation. Other income generating activities include, weaving of baskets mainly for women, micro business, buying and selling of livestock and casual labour. In April 2009 the area chief and other two representatives from the location participated in the review of ICA HIV and AIDS policy.

C. RATIONALE FOR THE PROJECT AND TARGET GROUP TO BE ADDRESSED BY THE PLANNED PROJECT

The community location has four sub- locations with 29 villages. During the first phase of the LTID programme for the period 2007- 2009, 15 villages were covered. The LTID phase two is aimed at covering the other two sub-locations with 14 villages in total. The 14 villages in the two new sub –locations have no development strategic plans for their villages. Lack of the plans in the two sub-locations and villages will lead to lack of focus for development activities in the villages. This in return will affect the socio-economic development of both men and women. Lack of plans in the villages has been contributed primarily by inadequate leadership skills for the leaders in the sub-locations and the villages. A low level of education is partly one of the key causes of the inadequate leadership skills. There is therefore a need to organize and facilitate strategic planning events (SPE) at village level as well as the sub-location level as well as training leaders on leadership and facilitation skills. 
 According to the baseline survey conducted by ICA in 2007 in the location, Poor farming methods (inadequate dry land farming techniques) is one of the contributing factor to food insecurity in the location. The effect of lack of enough food throughout the year results to malnutrition, hunger and starvation, increased drop out of children from schools as well as charcoal burning which has been cited as one of the coping mechanism for food insecurity. This has in turn resulted to environmental degradation including soil erosion. This trend would be reversed by practical training on sustainable agriculture and agro forestry.
According to the baseline survey conducted by ICA in The community location in 2007, 79% of the people interviewed reported to have insufficient knowledge about HIV and AIDS prevention, care and support for people living with HIV and AIDS. If this is not brought to rest may result to increased new infections, reduced productivity of men and women as well as increased HIV and AIDS orphaned children. There is a dire need for an intervention of behavior change for the community. 
 The baseline survey report indicates that, there is only one VCT facility is in Health Center 65Km from the location. The traveling cost and time taken to access the VCT facility is challenging to the The community community. This results to many people not having direct access to the facility thus challenging the prevention mitigation measures. Establishment of mobile VCT in the villages will go along way in enabling the community to have a direct access to the VCT services and would reduce time and money spend on traveling to distance places. 
People Living with HIV and AIDS are faced with a couple of challenges. Depressions, medication, fear of death, stigmatization, fatigue as well as lack of goal setting. Positive self-management programme is therefore necessary to enable people living with HIV and AIDS to live normal lives. 
Due to power imbalance in the traditions between men and women, women whose husbands have died face many challenges; Denial of inheritance and succession of their deceased husbands estate, violation of Human Rights as well as exploitation by the deceased husbands kinsmen. Training on paralegal for the widows is necessary to equip them with knowledge to fight discrimination and injustice. 
Although the The community community was not affected during the post election violence there are regular conflicts among and between families especially in land and property ownership matters. This creates a lot tension and misunderstanding among and between families. In addition, there are reported cases of domestic violence where husbands beat wives for unspecified and unjustified reasons. There is therefore need to sensitize the community on peaceful conflict resolution mechanism.  
 The Baseline survey conducted by ICA in 2007 indicated that there is a major disparity between men and women. Women do not own land and this limits their production ability and capacity. The farm output (harvest) is generally controlled by the men. However, it should be noted that it is the women who provide most of the manual labour in the farms. In addition women in community do not own cattle and cannot make decision on sale or disposal of cattle despite that they are the ones who takes care of them. The Gender disparity becomes a burden to women. This calls for community sensitizations on gender through campaigns and training.

Women in rural areas are faced with number of challenges; over 50% of the women living in the rural areas in  the country are either semi- illiterate or are illiterate. Majority of them have limited access to credit facilities, better health care, water and Electricity. 

Rural women are Vulnerable to Sexually Transmitted Diseases (STD) as well as HIV and AIDS infections. Domestic violence, rape and Female Genital Mutilation (FGM) are some of other challenges faced mostly by women living in rural areas. This situation leads to the “Feminization” of poverty in rural areas and that means “the poor of the poorest” are mostly women. Due to self depreciation, this group of people rarely associated themselves with other people and tends to even isolate themselves with the rest of the society.

A statement by  the funder titled “Justice for the poor 2000, challenges and areas of activities notes that, “Political and Economical decisions are mostly taken by men. In many societies women are assigned to tasks in Education, food preparation, household activities, health care and caring for the sick and the old. Where women do find employment in production industries, they are mainly given subordinate, poorly paid and temporally jobs without social security benefits. By way of justification, there is the attempt also in democratic societies to revive the more traditional norms. In some countries, religious and cultural fundamentalism adds to the social and political checks imposed on women. In situation armed conflict, in which the elementary rules of human coexistence are sacrificed the interest of imposing power, women and children are the ones to suffer the most.

In many instances, women hold their own views concerning the organization of work and family life, production and reproduction and not least dealing with nature. Women’s groups have sprung up in many places seeking to work together in order to change their conditions against all resistance. Where discriminatory occur, there are almost invariably organizations which are eager to abolish them. Women peruse economic activities and thus ensure the survival of their families. But at the same time they advocate a basic change in social conditions.

There is therefore a need to empower the women in rural areas to build a strong society of women living in the rural to break the cycle of poverty and enable them to live dignified lives.

The target beneficiaries for this program include men and women from the ages 18 year though 60 years. The programme targets 14 villages of The community Location. While the Self Help Group component of the programme would target 30 women groups in 15 villages where the Leadership Training and Integrated Development programme phase one would be completed. The programmes will directly benefit the following types of people:
•	140 leaders 10 from each of the 14 villages (5 men and 5 women) through leadership training and exchange forum.
•	480 people through strategic planning events (30 per village 15 men and 15 women per village and 30 from each of the two sub locations)
•	280 farmers from 14 villages, 20 per village (10 men and 10 women) through sustainable Agriculture and Agro forestry training
•	280 farmers through exchange visits.
•	100 widows through paralegal training 50 per sub-location
•	280 people through HIV and AIDS prevention education training
•	1500 community residents from 14 villages through Voluntary counseling and testing.
•	60 people living with HIV and AIDS through Positive self management training
•	600 people through peace and conflict resolution campaign (one campaign with 100 people per sub location per year for three years for two sub location)
•	100 people through Gender training, 50 from each sub location (25 men and 25 women from each sub location)
•	140 community residents and leaders through stakeholder for a
•	600 women from 30 self Help Groups in 

Majority of the beneficiaries are subsistence farmers who are mostly Christians. ethnic community predominantly inhabits the area. The criteria for the selection of the target beneficiaries would be the willingness and motivation to work with the programme. Other consideration would be equal participation of both women and Men, and local leaders.

The target beneficiaries for the programme participated in a baseline survey that was done in the area in 2007 and articulated the development needs of the area. The beneficiaries would involved in attending training, voluntary counseling and testing, peace and conflict resolution campaigns, follow up meeting, monitoring trips and evaluation of the project components.

D. OBJECTIVES, GOALS AND INDICATORS 

a) Overall Goal

The overall goal of the LTID programme phase two is to empower the The community community with relevant skills and knowledge to undertake their own development in a sustainable manner.

b) Indicators

Leadership Training: This will be measured against the number of people trained and are able to effectively facilitate planning sessions and meetings in their own sub locations and villages as well as monitoring of development projects. 

Strategic Planning Events: The success would be measured against a two-year comprehensive strategic plan for each of the 14 villages as well as the two sub locations and how the plans are being coordinated by leaders and implemented by community residents.

Sustainable Agriculture and Agro-forestry training: The success would be measured against the percentage of people trained and using dry land farming techniques in their farms, the increase on food production per acreage and the number of trees planted per farmer.

Para – Legal Training: The success would be measured against the number of people trained and are able to use the skills.

HIV and AIDS Prevention Education Training: The success would be measured against the number of people trained and have changed their behavior, attitude and perception on HIV and AIDS. 

Voluntary Counseling and Testing: The success would be measured against number of people counseled and tested on HIV and AIDS in every village.

Positive Self– Management Programme Training: The success would be measured against the number of People Living with HIV and AIDS trained and are using the skills acquired. 

Peace and Conflict Resolutions: This would be measured against the number of campaigns organized and the number of people attending the campaigns.

Gender Training: This would be measured against the number of people trained, their change in attitude, perception and the level of awareness. 

Leadership Exchange Fora: This would be measured by against the number of events held.

Stakeholders Forum: The success would be measured against the number of events held, the number of people in attendance and the level of networking at the project level

Farmers Exchange visits: Success would be measure against the number of events held and the number of farmers attending. 

Establishment of a Federation of a Community Based Women Self Help Group: Success would be measured against a registered and functional community based women organization capable with capacity to lobby with Government and civil society organizations to bring policy changes, social and economic development and political empowerment.

Intended achievements to be made through the planned project are: -

•	Organize and train 140 leaders from 14 villages on Leadership approaches and facilitation skills.
•	Organize and facilitate 16 Strategic Planning events (14 strategic planning events in 14 villages and 2 strategic planning events in 2 sub – locations  
•	Train 280 farmers from 14 villages on dry land farming techniques and Agro – forestry.
•	Train 100 widows on Para –Legal.
•	Train 280 people on HIV and AIDS Prevention education.
•	Facilitate Voluntary Counseling and Testing for 1500 people from 14 villages.
•	Organize and facilitate Positive self – Management Training for 60 people Living with HIV and AIDS 
•	Organize and Facilitate 6 campaigns on Peace and Conflict Resolution.
•	Organize and facilitate Gender training for 100 people from 2 sub – locations.
•	Organize and facilitate 3 leaders exchange fora.
•	Organize and facilitate 3 stakeholder fora.
•	Organize and facilitate 3 exchange visits for 280 farmers. 
•	Conduct a final evaluation of the programme.
•	Conduct a yearly financial Audit of the programme.
•	Capacity building for staff on Positive self-management programme master training, TOT on project management and TOT on peace and conflict resolution.
•	Formation of federal structured women Community Based Organization capable of propelling their own Development Socially economically and politically.

E. RESULTS TO BE REACHED ON PROJECT OBJECTIVES AND INDICATORS

PROJECT SUMMARY 	MEASURABLE INDICATORS AND EXPECTED RESULTS	MEANS OF VERIFICATION	IMPORTANT ASSUMPTIONS 
GOAL			
OBJECTIVE 1	Organize and train 140 leaders from 14 villages on Leadership approaches and facilitation skills.	Progress reports 	Leaders trained are more effective.
OBJECTIVE 2	Organize and facilitate 16 Strategic Planning events (14 strategic planning events in 14 villages and 2 strategic planning events in 2 sub – locations  	2 year Strategic Plans.	With strategic planning events development is focused.
OBJECTIVE 3	Train 280 farmers from 14 villages on dry land farming techniques and Agro – forestry.	Progress reports and follow ups and physical observation of number of trees planted by each farmer.	When farmers are trained they can produce food enough for consumption and surplus for sale.
OBJECTIVE 4	•	Train 100 widows on Para –Legal.
	Progress report	Once widows are empowered they can fight for their rights. 
OBJECTIVE 5	Train 280 people on HIV and AIDS Prevention education.	Progress report and follow ups.	When trained the people are able to change their behavior attitudes and perception on HIV and AIDS. 
OBJECTIVE 6	Facilitate Voluntary Counseling and Testing for 1500 people from 14 villages.	VCT attendance list and progress report. 	If VCT facility is closer to the people is more convenient in terms of time and traveling cost.
OBJECTIVE 7	•	Organize and facilitate Positive self – Management Training for 60 people Living with HIV and AIDS 
	Progress report and follow ups 	People trained on Positive self – Management are able to set goals and achieve them.
OBJECTIVE 8	Organize and Facilitate 6 campaigns on Peace and Conflict Resolution	Progress report and follow ups meetings. 	Peace and conflict awareness would reduce conflict.
OBJECTIVE 9	Organize and facilitate Gender training for 100 people from 2 sub – locations.	Progress report and follow up meetings 	Gender training would empower both men and women on attitude change towards property ownership, control and decision making involvement.
OBJECTIVE 10	Organize and facilitate 3 leaders exchange fora	Leadership exchange report	When leaders share information, they add value to their leadership.
OBJECTIVE 11	•	Organize and facilitate 3 stakeholder fora.
	Stakeholders forum report	Networking and collaboration with others adds value to project implementation 
OBJECTIVE 12	Organize and facilitate 3 exchange visits for 280 farmers	Exchange visit report	Seeing is believing 
OBJECTIVE 13	Conduct a final evaluation of the programme	Evaluation report	Improves the quality of the programme and articulates the future direction of the programme 
OBJECTIVE 14	Conduct a yearly financial Audit of the programme	Financial Audit report	Audit contributes to transparency and accountability of project funds.
OBJECTIVE 15	Capacity building for staff. PSMP master training, TOT on project management, TOT on peace and conflict resolution.	Progress reports 	The world is dynamic 
OBJECTIVE 16	•	Formation of federal structured women Community Based Organization capable of propelling their own Development Socially economically and politically.
	Registration certificate, Progress reports on Group activities	Poor of the poorest when empowered can break the cycle of poverty and enjoy dignified lives.
Basic data has been collected and documented through a baseline survey conducted in 2007 except on the formation of a Federation of women Community Based Organization. The data would be collected through a baseline survey during the first year of the project. There are basic information forms which are filled for every member of the SHG in order to give the baseline information against which success would be benched. These forms also give a basis on monitoring and evaluation of the programme at whatever level or stage of implementation. 

F. IMPACT ON THE TARGET GROUP / BENEFICIARIES

The programme aims at improving the quality of leadership through training on leadership methods, facilitation skills and leaders exchange fora. Strategic planning events would be held at village and sub location level to create two-year development plans. Farmers would be empowered through training on dry land farming techniques and agro forestry and farmer exchange visits. On HIV and AIDS the programme aims at minimizing new infection cases through training on prevention education and voluntary counseling and testing. People living with HIV and AIDS would be trained on positive self-management so that they can lead fulfilling lives. Training on gender would create more awareness on different roles and responsibilities played by both men and women as well as addressing the attitudes and perceptions on gender issues.  Widows will be empowered to have a better understanding of their rights and responsibilities so that they can be able to fight discrimination and exploitation. The campaigns on peace and conflict resolution are geared towards minimizing the effects of conflicts in the community and create more harmonious and cohesive environment in the community. The formation of a Community Based Women’s’ organization empowered through training would enable the poorer of the poorest in the community to utilize their God-given potential through the Self Help Group approach to  break from the vicious cycle of poverty and champion their own development.
 The programme would foster networking and collaboration with other stakeholders in the location and beyond. 

The Basic data has been collected and documented through a baseline survey conducted in 2007




G.  IMPACT OF THE PROGRAMME TARGET GROUPS / BENEFIACARIES 

1)	Leadership and facilitation training: assessment of impact would look into competence of leaders in organizing and facilitating strategic planning events as well as organizing and facilitating community meetings.   

2)	Strategic planning Events: Assessment of impact would look into development and implementation of development plans in each of the villages and sub-location 

3)	Sustainable agriculture training and agro forestry: Assessment of impact would look into what extend are farmers using the dry land farming techniques as well as planting trees in their farms. 

4)	Paralegal training for widows: Assessment of impact would look into the number of widows trained as wells percentage of widows who have been able to inherit poverty as well as fighting discrimination and exploitation.

5)	HIV and AIDS prevention Education:  Assessment of impact would look into the number of people who have been trained as well as change of behavior, attitudes and perceptions.

6)	Voluntary counseling and testing: assessment of impact would look into the number of people counseled and tested

7)	Peace and conflict resolution: Assessment of impact would look into the number of people who have attended as well as minimized land and domestic cases. 

8)	Positive self management programme training: Assessment of impact would look into the number of people trained and effectively managing their condition as well as to what extend they are able to set and implement their goals.

9)	Gender training: Assessment of impact would look into change in gender roles, attitudes and perceptions as well as the number of women holding leadership positions in the community.

10)	 Formation of a federation structured women Community Based Organization: Assessment of impact would look into activities planned and carried out by the group, the number of training organized by the volunteer facilitators from the group, Training manuals, the number of meetings held and documentation of such meetings as well as the number of people served by the Community based Organization.

The basic data has been collected through a baseline survey conducted in 2007 except on the formation of a Federation Structured Women Community Based Organization

H. INTENDED IMPACT FOR THE PROJECT AREA AND THE WIDER ENVIRONMENT:


1.	Leadership and facilitation training: would lead into, 
•	Effective organization and facilitation of meetings 
•	Coordination of development projects
•	Improved communication between leaders and community residents.

2.	Strategic planning Events: would lead into,
•	Strategic Planning events
•	Focused development Plans at the village and sub – location levels.
•	Leaders and community residents know what they want to do and when.

3.	Sustainable agriculture training and agro forestry: would lead to,
•	Improved farming methods lead to increased food production.
•	Planting of trees

4.	Paralegal training for widows: 
•	Empowerment of widows leading to minimized cases of exploitation and discrimination on inheritance of property

5.	HIV and AIDS prevention Education:  
•	Change of sexual behavior.
•	Reduction of new infection rates in the community. 

6.	Voluntary counseling and testing: 
•	Would enable people to know their HIV and AIDS status

7.	Peace and conflict resolution: 
•	Minimize conflict amongst family members and the community in General

8.	Positive self management programme training: 
•	People living with HIV and AIDS would be capable of setting up personal goals and work towards achieving them
•	With PSMP training People living with HIV and AIDS can live fulfilling lives free of depression. 

9.	Gender training: 
•	Help the community to know gender issues in the communities and how to tackle them.
•	Accept women to be legal partners in decision making on matters affecting the whole community.

10.	Formation of a federation structured women Community Based Organization:
•	Improved infrastructure 
•	Improved services in health, Education and Environment
•	Improved quality on delivery of services by Government and civil society organizations leading to improved standards of living  

I. SUSTAINABILITY 

Sustainability would assure through training and mentoring community resource persons in every programme component.

INDICATORS OF SUSTAINABILITY

1)	Leadership and facilitation training: The level in which leaders are able to organize and facilitate planning and mobilize the community to develop and implement projects in their villages and sub-location.
2)	Strategic planning Events: the level at which village development committees are able to plan on their own

3)	Sustainable agriculture training and agro forestry: Level at which farmers are using the dry land farming methods and number of trees they are planting on their own.
4)	Paralegal training for widows: Level at which widows are able to advocate for their rights, property ownership as well as fighting discrimination and exploitation.
5)	HIV and AIDS prevention Education:  Level at which the community has internalized HIV and AIDS prevention measures.
6)	Voluntary counseling and testing: Level at which ICA would empower the community to lobby for the establishment of a VCT facility at the community level by the ministry of health. 
7)	Positive self-management programme training: Level at which people living with HIV and AIDS are able to accomplish their own goals.
8)	Peace and conflict resolution: level at which the community has been able to handle land, property and domestic violence cases.
9)	Gender training: Level at which roles are shared at the family level as well as attitudes and perceptions have changed in defining sharing of responsibilities.
10)	Stakeholders fora. Level at which the community is able to network and collaborate with other development agencies as well government ministries.
11)	Formation of a federation structured women Community Based Organization: The community Based organization would have their own trained facilitator who would continue with the training of the groups far beyond the project period.


J. ACTIVITIES PLANNED AND WORKING METHODS

1)	Leadership and facilitation training: The training curriculum for basic leadership training would be reviewed and revised by the programme staff with support from external consultant. The advanced leadership-training curriculum would be developed by programme staff and external consultant. 7 non-residential courses would be held for 20 participants. Recruitment would be done in such a way that there are equal number of women and men in every course. Attention would be paid to ensure that youth leaders participate in the trainings. A recruitment form will be designed and ICA programme staff would conduct the recruitment. The basic trainings would take place at the community level for three days. After every course an evaluation of the course would be conducted with the participants. The objective of the evaluation would be to improve on the quality and organization of the future trainings. The facilitators of the training would conduct an assessment on the performance of the participants at the end of the course. The assessment report would be used to select 10 participants from every course to go to the next level of advanced leadership training. The 10 would comprise of 5 women and 5 Men. Graduation event would be held for each training and certificate of participation issued. During the graduation events other civil society organizations and government officials would be invited including the media. The participants of the advanced leadership training would be people who have successively gone through the basic leadership training. 3 residential courses would be held. The first course would have 24 participants and the remaining two courses 23 each. Programme staff would do facilitation. After the training the participants would be issued with certificates of participation. The participants trained on the advanced leadership training would become community resource persons (CORPS). The CORPS would work with the programme in the following areas:
a)	Community mobilization
b)	Assist in recruitment of participants for trainings
c)	Assist in organizing training events
d)	Assist in facilitating training and campaigns (HIV and AIDS prevention, Agriculture and Agro forestry, Peace and conflict resolution campaign, gender training, basic leadership training, monitoring and follow ups of the programme, assist in making arrangements for leaders exchange forum and stakeholders exchange forum.
e)	Assist in project site visits.
f)	Assist in programme evaluation 

2)	Strategic planning Events: 16 strategic planning events will be conducted. One in each of the 14 villages and one in each of the two sub-locations. The events would be non- residential. The basic planning procedures for strategic planning would be reviewed and updated by the ICA programme staff and administration staff. ICA administration staff, programme staff together with the community resource persons would facilitate the strategic planning events. The outcome of the strategic planning events would be a two-year action plan of development projects to undertaken by each village and sub-location. ICA staff will monitor the strategic plans and CORPS in which necessary adjustments on the plans will be made. 30 participants from each village will participate in development of the strategic plans. 30 participants would also be involved in the development of the sub-location strategic plans. There would equal representation of both women and men including the youth.
3)	Sustainable agriculture training and agro forestry: The training would be non-residential. Twenty participants would be trained in each of the 14 villages. Each training would take five days and would be facilitated by ICA program staff. When and where necessary resource persons from the ministry of Agriculture and other agricultural institutions would be sourced. The participants would be trained on dry land farming techniques and agro forestry. Each farmer would be expected to plant and take care of at least 20 seedlings. Practical training would be facilitated in the farms.280 farmers would expose to dry land farming techniques through exchange visit to dry land farming institutions in the arid regions. The ICA programme manager would facilitate organizing the visit. Equal number of women and men would be involved.  6 trips would be facilitated for the 280 farmers.
4)	Paralegal training for widows: Four non-residential courses would be organized each with 25 participants. Each course would take five days and would be facilitated by an officer from the office of the attorney general at the district level. The paralegal training would be conducted during the second and third year.  
5)	HIV and AIDS prevention Education:  The training would be none residential. Each training would have 20 participants and would take place at the village level for five days. ICA administration staff, programme staff, community resource persons and ministry of health staff would do the facilitation. The HIV and AIDS training field guide would be reviewed and updated by ICA staff, ministry of health and other organizations involved in HIV and AIDS prevention initiatives.
6)	Voluntary counseling and testing: Mobile VCT would be initiated at the village level. This would be done in partnership with the ministry of health in District. The responsibility of counseling and testing would be undertaken by Ministry of health personnel. ICA programme staff and the community resource persons would do the community mobilization. The mobilization would take two days per village and the VCT would be one day per village. Those who test positive would be referred to ICA training on Positive self-management programme.
7)	Positive self-management programme training:  The PSMP training is aimed at empowering people living with HIV and AIDS to enhance their well-being by taking a great control of their lives including setting goals and implementing them. Several assumptions underlay the PSMP training;	
•	People with similar chronic conditions such as HIV and AIDS have similar concerns and problems.
•	People with HIV and AIDS when given the training not only deal with their diseases but also with the impact it has on their lives and emotions.
•	Peers with HIV and AIDS when given and detailed leaders manual can teach PSMP as effectively as health professionals.
•	The process or the way PSMP is taught is as important as the subject matter that is taught.

Three residential trainings would be organized each with 20 participants. This training would be facilitated by trained administration staff, programme staff and volunteers.
8)	 Peace and conflict resolution: Two campaigns would be organized per year, one at each sub-location. Community resource persons and ICA programme staff and administration staff would do this. Poster and pamphlets on the need to stop domestic violence and peaceful disputes resolution would be distributed. Arrangements would be made top ensure that Men participate in this campaign in large numbers. 
9)	Gender training:  The ICA curriculum on gender would be reviewed and updated by ICA programme staff. The purpose of the gender training is to create awareness in the community as a result of traditional beliefs and practices. 4 non-residential courses each with 25 participants would be facilitated by ICA programme staff. Recruitment of participants would be done in a way to ensure equal participation of women and men.  Each training would take five days. 
10)	Stakeholders fora.  One day workshop would organized each year for three years for partners working in and around the project area. The objective is for the partners to share best practices and avoid duplication of effort. The workshop would also look into way of working and supporting each other. The Workshop would be non residential and would be held in a central place. ICA programme staff would facilitate the workshop.
11)	Leader exchange fora. The objective of the leaders exchange forum is for the leaders to share information in regards to leadership practices that have worked and not worked. One leaders exchange forum would be held each year for three years. Each event would take one day and would be non residential. ICA programme staff would facilitate the forum. 
12)	Formation of a federation structured women Community Based Organization and the Self Help group Model: 

The self – Help Group model operates at three levels: -

1.	Firstly the poorer of the poorest form groups of 15 – 20 people self help groups.

2.	Secondly 8 – 10 groups come together to form a Cluster Level Associations (CLA). The Cluster Level Associations are comprised of two representatives’ members from each group and focuses on the communal needs and establishes linkages with other resource providers.
3.	Thirdly, 8 – 10 clusters come together to for federation. The federation then registers itself as a Community Based Organization (CBO) through the empowered members; the federation is expected to bring Social transformation in the community as well as lobbying with the Government and other civil societies to bring policy changes as well as social and economic development and political empowerment. At each level of cluster level Association, a volunteer community facilitator is selected to be trained so that he/she would train the groups. The facilitators are trained by the implementing organization. 

The facilitators are trained on: -

1.	Self – Help Group concept.
2.	Savings, loans, credit management and business skills.
3.	Goal setting and preparation of Action Plans.
4.	Communication and leadership skills.
5.	Problem solving and conflict resolution
6.	Use of PLA tools
7.	Human rights

Facilitators Training;

Two five day courses would be organized for the volunteer facilitators. Both ICA  the country staff and different government ministries will provide trainings for the facilitator who will in turn train the Self Help Groups. The training at the community level would be facilitated by the volunteer facilitators. Each of the 30 Groups would be trained by 2 of their trained facilitators. All the training would be non – residential. 

Formation of the federation and Women Self Help Groups

The community will identify the poor of the poorest women in each of the 15 villages. Two groups per village would be formed making the total number of groups to 30. From the 30 groups, 4 Clusters Level Association would be formed. From the 4 cluster of association a federation of Community Based Women Organization would be formed and registered with the Ministry of Gender Sports and national Heritage. 

Self help Group Training;

Two Self Help Groups in each of the fifteen villages would undergo training. Each training would be non – residential and would be held at the village level. The training in each group would be facilitated by the two volunteer facilitators selected and trained from each group. Each training would take five days. Each of the facilitators would receive an honorarium of 4, 000 per Month. The programme would pay 100% of this amount for first 6 months of the first year. During the second half of the first year the programme would pay 75% of that amount and the Community Based Women Organization would pay 25%. During the second year, the programme would pay 50% and the Community Based women organization would pay 50%. During the first half of the third year, the programme would cover 25% and the Community Based Women Organization would cover 75%. On the second half of the third year, 100% of the costs would be covered by Community Based Women Organization.

Phase Out:

ICA would phase out once the Federation of the Community Based Women Organization is operational and functional, at the end of the three years. It would be expected that at that time the Community Based Women Organization would have the ability and capacity to plan, re-plan, implement, monitor and evaluate their own self help development 

K. PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Programme Monitoring and follow- ups

The Leadership Training and Integrated Development Programme Manager would be responsible for the day-to-day management and implementation of the programme at the field level. The programme manager would be responsible for supervision of staff and volunteers, facilitation of staff meetings, networking and collaboration, hosting of site visits, preparation and submission of progress reports, assist in fund raising for matching funds for the programme and preparation of operation budgets. 
To ensure that the programme activities planned are on track regular monitoring and follow-ups would be done and that necessary adjustments would be made in time if the conditions in the project area change. This would be the responsibility of the programme manager and the staff.
The administration office would be responsible for preparation of narrative report, financial report and audit reports and submission to donors. Staff from the Administration office would work with the program staff in facilitating HIV and AIDS prevention education, PSMP training, Strategic planning, peace and conflict resolution campaigns.

Programme Evaluation

An internal evaluation of the programme would be done after 18 Months. The aim of the internal evaluation would be to assess the need of any necessary adjustment so as to meet the set objectives of the programme. An external evaluation would be carried at the end of the programme.

L. RISKS  
a)	Drought
The project area is in Arid and Semi Arid Land. This area has been experiencing persistent drought that has in turn affected food production in particular and food security in general. If the drought continues there would be a risk in community participation in the programme activities since they would be forced to look for food and water as opposed to participating in the project activities. To address this risk the programme has a component of sustainable agriculture and agro forestry training meant to address the risk in the long term. 

 
b)	General elections
There would be a general election in December 2012. During the second half of the third year of programme implementation, chances are that there would be political campaign rallies in the area. This is likely to affect the programme activities implementation. During this period, project activities would be planned for the day when there would be no political rallies.

M. PERSONNEL

Full time staff 

The programme would require three full time staff. Programme manager and two facilitators. Two men and two women would serve the programme.

Volunteers

Volunteers would serve the programme from time to time 

Administrative staff

The programme would require the services of part time staff as follows:
1)	National director 10% time
2)	Accountant 50% time

N. EQUIPMENT

The programme would require the following equipments:
1)	Power point projector
2)	One computer 
3)	One photocopier
4)	Book shelf
5)	Office clock
  </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>49 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='49'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >GLBT Youth
Leap to Your Dreams </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >We will train young women and young men in single sex groups in how to action plan projects, how to anticipate risk and understand risk-taking.  The groups will be supported to develop new projects / new organisations (such as clubs/ societies/ co-operatives), and through this experience, will learn how to identify and manage risks.  </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >GLBT Youth
Leap to Your Dreams
What
We will train young women and young men in single sex groups in how to action plan projects, how to anticipate risk and understand risk-taking.  The groups will be supported to develop new projects / new organisations (such as clubs/ societies/ co-operatives), and through this experience, will learn how to identify and manage risks. We will analyse how the groups create their projects, and whether there are differences between young women’s and young men’s attitudes towards risk. The young people will develop a games and activity pack for workers and showcase this and our findings at a 'Riskpedition' event.
Objectives
For young people to understand it is ok to take calculated ambitious risks, exploring their attitudes to risk and to challenge young people who have never developed a new project to do so
To teach young people about funding opportunities so they are armed with the skills to set up/finance new groups
To explore whether young men and young women view risk differently, and if so why? And can we do anything gender specific to encourage young people to take more calculated risks?
To produce an activity and resource pack exploring risk and gender to be launched at the Riskpedition.
To give young people the opportunity to 'be' the research; analyse their own projects and present their own findings at the Riskpedition (like expedition) event- an action-conference with different sections running in different locations.
To challenge young people's perceptions / fears of failure which often prevent them from giving something a try
To train workers who are working with young people on the importance of developing calculated risk-taking as a life-skill
Who
Young people aged 16-19 who are based in the North West
Young people being 'worked with' in Youth Projects but who are not necessarily taking an active role in leadership/ creating new projects.
Many of these young people may not necessarily be the innovators within their schools/ colleges or workplaces, but may thrive in a more informal education environment

Partners
Youth Clubs in the North West that we can recruit through our existing networks and also through our links with The North West Regional Youth Work Unit and our links with voluntary/ third sector coalitions.
The city or The University will help us to put on the riskpedition event as they have both shown initial interest
Our own volunteers for the ICA Youth Participation Programme who will help to train and support the fledgling groups.

Their role
The Youth Clubs will help publicise for the projects, recruit young people, provide a space young people feel comfortable in for the initial meetings, and help support the young people in their new projects.
One of the Universities will help us publicise the young people’s Riskpedition event, will organise bookings and will help with venues for the event, and future distribution of the resource pack.
Our volunteers and associates will help develop the training programme and deliver it
The City funder will help with alternative venues for the Riskpedition event
The North West regional Youth Work Unit will help us with publicity and future distribution of the resource packs
Determine main beneficiaries
Our past work has been with young people who have shown a lot of leadership and entrepreneurial skills (such as people in school councils and Youth Panels) as well as young people that shy away from taking on responsibilities and trying out new things. We want to pilot this project with those who are not already taking on risks in their lives. We have found that lots of young people in Youth Clubs have a lot of 'organic' intelligence (not necessarily 'intellectual' intelligence) and are practical minded, but are held back by their own fears and assumptions. From our experiences, young men can end up channelling their energies into negative risk-taking, whereas young women often shy away from taking risks because of lack of confidence or because they have caring responsibilities. So we feel that young people from an informal learning environment will be a good group to pilot the project with.
Why have you chosen this area?
Because the North West, although a hub of a lot of innovation, does not attract the same sort of attention as the larger city does in terms of innovation and innovative business. Lots of young people in the North West have parents who have lost jobs in the traditional industries in the area and so lots of communities feel displaced.  This means that young people are fearful of taking risks and often have low aspirations because of their experiences in their communities.  The legacy of the traditional industries and communities also keeps young people in traditional gender roles, such as men working in heavy industry and women looking after children. If these young people learn more about taking risks and become more ambitious then this will help these communities grow in the future, and gain more social and economic opportunities.
16-19 year old is age group
What will you get out of working with this?
The knowledge and experience of working with other groups exploring the theme of risk which we would hope to learn from. The opportunity to network with other groups that are funded to share ideas. New networks to publicise the work and raise the profile the project . The support of an organisation willing to take risks and to evolve with us as we learn more. The opportunity to find out about other opportunities to develop the work with other groups, organisations, and funders as well as in other settings. A dialogue with us to continually discover new ways of how we can work together as partners
Methodology 
We will recruit four partner groups- two male and two female groups
We will devise and deliver training sessions and a residential per group for the young people covering- turning ideas into action; devising and delivering a community project; anticipating and understanding risk and action planning.
We will devise and deliver a complementary training programme alongside this for workers who work with the young people
We will support the young people to set up their projects and to evaluate their projects.
We will meet with the young people to devise activities to use with young people to encourage more young people to take risks which take into account the different approaches needed for different genders.
We will work with the young people and a partner University to plan, publicise and run the Riskpedition event.
What is different about your approach?
We have a commitment to radical approaches and to being cutting-edge in relation to how people work together and how people can solve problems in their own lives, which includes assessing risk and taking chances.
Our organisation is made up of associates and volunteers who devise and deliver our projects who come from a variety of different sectors and all contribute in a unique way to making our training applicable in lots of different settings
A central plank of our work is partnership working, and all our current Youth Programme work is carried out with partner organisations so we are experienced at working with multiple partners.
We are committed to sustainability of projects that work and will seek to continue the project after the pilot if it is successful.
One of the key features of our work is that we run training of trainers in order to ensure that our work can be replicated and can spread into other sectors and organisations.
How will you measure?
We will gather baseline data  on the project groups and work with them to agree the changes they would like to see by the end of the project. These would then become the basis for a framework of benchmarks and indicators which can be used through the project; as well as evaluations mid-way through and at the end.  
The project groups will do their own self-analysis activities based on the agreed framework .
We will have some new projects up and running (or at least some that the young people have attempted to set up)
We will have a resource and activity pack exploring 'risk and gender', that we can distribute
We will run a Riskpedition event which is attended by young people and professionals and we will evaluate this.
We will evaluate with the worker we train and we will do a 3 month follow-up to see how they use 'taking risks as a life skill' it in their practise with young people .
Plans for development
We will seek funding to run Riskpedition-style events, and help other groups to run them

We will explore ways of mobilising resources to run the training course in the future and to train teachers and youth workers on how to use the activity pack.
We will approach schools, youth clubs and other young people's organisations to offer to work in partnership on funding and delivering the training.
We will develop the resources for our website which will have a forum for those using the training
We will offer to those young people involved in the project to remain a volunteer with ICA and to train other young people using the resource pack
We will disseminate our findings and the research through our contacts in the THE COUNTRY and throughout the ICA network so that it can spread worldwide.
Replication and sustainability
Those who have been shown how to use the activities and games pack during the Riskpedition will be able to run the activities in their won youth settings.
We will actively seek funding to continue the project through organisations such as v the volunteering organisation.
We will use our connections with Local Authority Youth Services to mainstream to project into existing plans within their youth clubs.
12months starting September 2008
58,000
•	Staff costs to support the project
•	Coordination of volunteers
•	Travel and subsistence
•	Marketing and publicity e.g. to recruit host groups and advertise Riskpedition
•	Office costs
•	Design and print of resource (activity and games) packs
•	Costs of the Riskpedition- venue hire, catering, materials

Get young people into a uni environment for their conference

Objectives
I would say:
Young people will be equipped with the skills to mobilise resources to set up/finance new groups


 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>50 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='50'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >Food Aid and Food Security 
Programme for The country </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' >This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.  The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level.  </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >Food Aid and Food Security 
Programme for The country

Deadline for receipt of applications: 2nd October, 2006



CONCEPT NOTE 

. 

1. Summary of the action
Please provide the following information:
1.1	Brief description of the proposed action

The UNDP report of 2003 indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Copperbelt Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second only to Livingstone. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.

The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level. The project aims at inculcating a spirit of volunteerism among the target community. A volunteer from t ICA will be attached to the project. Strong linkages that already exist between the project and permanent service providers will be strengthened. These include Ministry of Health (MoH), District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) etc.

In terms of the long term, the project will impart technical skills in family members of PLWHA to enable them produce adequate amounts of food on a sustainable basis. Training in sustainable agriculture will be provided and linkages made with the MACO.

To further secure the livelihoods of PLWHA, the project will impart entrepreneurship and marketing skills in the target group and link those that require additional finances to microfinance institutions that are already operating in the province.

2. Relevance:
Please describe the following: 
2.1	How relevant is your proposal to the needs and constraints of the target country(ies) or region?
2.2	What are the problems to be resolved and the needs to be met? 

The action will initially make available to PLWHA food through food aid. This is in order to enable HIV patients improve their nutritional status and thereby improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs. The action will also promote both conservation farming and proven sustainable agriculture methods which are less labour intensive in order to improve sustainable food production and ensure availability of food throughout the year. The action will promote crop diversification to match nutritional needs of HIV/AIDS. The project will work with an associate organisation who are experts at biodiversity and have studied nutritive values of traditional food crops which are easy and cheap to grow, process and prepare. 

The integration of food aid with actual sustainable food security which includes cultivation of traditional food crops and a home-grown home based care program are priorities of this project. This action presents an opportunity for vast impact and with massive ramifications such as fewer people contracting AIDS, fewer sick people, and therefore more PLWHA working and supporting their families and contributing to the local economy. There will be fewer families with HIV/AIDS patients, fewer orphans, positive change in behaviour and less call on already stretched health services. This Action is designed to enable resource-poor people create wealth that will facilitate the on-going implementation of further development activities and broaden their food base. 

The project will also build sufficient capacity among the target group to enable them carry on initiatives started during the duration of the project. To this end, local structures will be facilitated in home based care, agriculture and nutrition. The project will also build strong links between the target group and local permanent service providers hospital, Ministry of Health and Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives to mention but a few.

2.3	Who are the actors involved (final beneficiaries, target groups)?
The specific target community is 2nd district area. The direct beneficiaries from 2nd district area will be 500 PLWHA and the indirect beneficiaries will be the families of these 500 PLWHA making up a total of 3,000 people. (using the The countryn average of 6 persons per family)

2.4	What are the objectives and expected results?

The objectives of the project are:

•	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART
•	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families
•	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis
•	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives

Expected results are: 

•	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
•	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
•	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
•	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group

2.5	What is the added value of the action (what adds the action by reference to (central or local) government action and actions implemented by non state actors)?

•	The two country NGOs participating in this project are working in four other provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. Experiences gained through this project will no – doubt spill over to these areas
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the MoH, the Association of ARV users, New Start Centre etc makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs under the umbrella of xxx. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. 
•	The volunteer who will be attached to the project by ICA will carry the experiences gained from the project to other parts of the world
•	The ICA driven HIV/AIDS Africa conference to which A PARTNER  is a member is another channel for sharing information and experiences from the project

3. Methodology and Sustainability:
Please describe the following: 
3.1	What are the main project activities?
In the short term, the project will improve the nutritional status of identified PLWHA through food aid initiatives to support their ART programmes.
For the long term, locally managed structures will be facilitated to provide continuous support to PLWHA and their families to secure their livelihoods for PLWHA and prevention against the same as well as production of adequate amounts of food and generation of more incomes on a sustainable basis.
Strategic linkages will be made with permanent service providers and other organisations in the sector for long term support to the target group and community at large.
The target group will be provided with technical and material support to enable them start producing food and generate income

3.2	Who will be your main implementing partners, what is the length of your relationship with them and how will they be involved in the project?

There will be two implementing partners with whom has worked for the past three year. These are:

In the project, will be responsible for overall coordination of project activities, manage finances as per EC requirements, employ two Field Officers, host the volunteer from and manage all project procurements 

will be responsible for coordination of networking activities with collaborators such as the They will also employ the Project Coordinator

ICA will be responsible for placement of a Volunteer at the project and capacity building of local NGO partners through training of project staff and technical support to the project.


3.3	How will the project achieve sustainability? 

•	Income generation skills and activities that will be facilitated through the project will remain within households and can be applied long after project has phased out
•	The project will build capacity among beneficiaries to produce and prepare local foods which are normally more accessible and nutritious. 
•	The strong linkage that exists between the project and government departments and ministries (such as the MoH and MACO) will be strengthened.  These linkages will assure continuous support to the target group long after the end of the project
•	The Volunteer who will be attached to the project and the project will be imparting the spirit of volunteerism among local communities 
•	The evaluation that will be conducted after 10 months will determine funding needs and strategies for further support beyond this project
•	The project will facilitate linkages to microfinance institutions for external financing of beneficiaries that will involve themselves in business ventures. 
•	Both have a long term agenda for the target area. The capacity that this project will build in these organisations will go towards enhancing long term benefits to the target group in this area and beyond. 
•	Strengthened CPTs and Support Groups will continue to provide HBC support to PLWHA in the area 

3.4	Will it have multiplier effects?

•	The two The country NGOs participating in this project are working in four other provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. 
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the MoH, ZHECT, the Association of ARV users, New Start Centre etc makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs under the umbrella. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. 
•	The target area of this project receives many visitors and is the gateway to the south of The country. Results from the project are expected to go far and wide through the many people that visit the area
•	The volunteer who will be attached to the project by ICA will carry the experiences gained from the project to other parts of the world
•	The ICA driven HIV/AIDS Africa conference to which is a member is another channel for sharing information

4. Expertise and operational capacity:
Please describe the following: 
4.1	What is the experience of your organisation in project management?

THE ORG has gathered massive experience over its 10 year period. Some of these are:

•	Participation in the past three years in food aid programmes in close collaboration with the Disaster management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU) and the World Food Programme (WFP)
•	Implementation of humanitarian activities under the ECHO funded Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP) with OXFAM. At least 60% of households benefiting from this initiative are affected by HIV/AIDS
•	Participation in a pilot cash transfer project implemented to mitigate social and economic vulnerability among rural people
•	Implementation of Food Security Pack (FSP) programmes with Programme Against Malnutrition (PAM) in Western and North Western provinces
•	Implementation of a Forest Resource Management Project under IFAD funding in conjunction with the Government  in all the seven districts of North Western Province.
•	Implementation of livelihood projects in partnership partners with funding from

4.2. 	What is the experience of your organisation and your partner(s) of the issues to be 	addressed?

Has implemented and is still implementing various projects in three of The country’s nine provinces. Some of these are:  

•	2003- 2006: Food security project in Naluyanda involving women and families keeping orphans and poor resource farmers in Central Province 
•	2003- 2006: Food security project 
•	2004-2006: HIV/AIDS- prevention, nutrition and care for  The country National AIDS Network
•	2005- 2006: HIV/AIDS in 2nd district Project in Southern Province for PLWHA and vulnerable families.
•	2006: Women rights empowerment project funded by World Bank
•	2005 –2006: Sustainable Agriculture and HIV/AIDS for women in Central Province
•	2006: Food security project with a strong focus on HIV/AIDS
•	ICA have provided technical and facilitation support to ICAs since 1996, as well as acting as project holders for the following:

•	1996-2003: Integrated Development Programme, 
•	1999-2002: Health and Leadership programme, 
•	2000-2003: Integrated Rural Development programme for Women
•	2000-2004: Integrated Development Programme, 

I.	THE ACTION
1.	DESCRIPTION

1.1	Title

2nd district Food Security Project (CFSP)

1.2	Location(s)

2nd district area in The district in the Southern Province of The country


Total eligible cost of the action	Amount requested from the Contracting Authority	% of total eligible cost of action
734,477.40	661,297.90	90 %

1.3	Summary

Maximum 1 page 

The UNDP report of 2003 indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. 2nd district The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

This project will start by addressing the immediate food needs of 500 PLWHA in the target area. Due to the numerous demands on the resources of PLWHA, maintenance of a balanced diet is not often  considered priority. Yet, diet is one of the key elements for success in ART and prolonged life for PLWHA. For purposes of cost effectiveness, PLWHA and their families will be encouraged to consider already familiar indigenous local foods that have proven nutritive value.

The CFSP will also establish and strengthen local community based structures to lead in issues of nutrition, care and prevention and other services at community level. The project aims at inculcating a spirit of volunteerism among the target community. A volunteer from the partner ICA will be attached to the project. Strong linkages that already exist between the project and permanent service providers will be strengthened. These include Ministry of Health (MoH), District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) etc.

In terms of the long term, the project will impart technical skills in family members of PLWHA to enable them produce adequate amounts of food on a sustainable basis. Training in sustainable agriculture will be provided and linkages made with the MACO.

To further secure the livelihoods of PLWHA, the project will impart entrepreneurship and marketing skills in the target group and link those that require additional finances to microfinance institutions that are already operating in the province.



Duration of the action	24 Months
Objectives of the action	Overall objective: To improve the quality of life of PLWHA and their families through the implementation of a broad based sustainable food security initiative in 2nd district area of the district of the Southern Province of The country.
Specific objectives: By the end of two years, at least 500 PLWHA in 2nd district area will have attained improved nutritional status to improve uptake and effectiveness of ART and community based systems and structures established for their families to produce adequate food and generate household income on a sustainable basis.
Partner(s)	1.  ICA

Target group(s) 	500 PLWHA in 2nd district area of Constituency of The district of Southern Province of The country
Final beneficiaries 	Families of 500 PLWHA in 2nd district area of Constituency of The district of Southern Province of The country
Estimated results	1.	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
2.	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
3.	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
4.	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
5.	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group
Main activities	In the short term, the project will improve the nutritional status of identified PLWHA through food aid initiatives to support their ART programmes.
For the long term, locally managed structures will be facilitated to provide continuous support to PLWHA and their families to secure their livelihoods through Care for PLWHA and prevention against the same as well as production of adequate amounts of food and generation of more incomes on a sustainable basis.
Strategic linkages will be made with permanent service providers and other organisations in the sector for long term support to the target group and community at large.
The target group will be provided with technical and material support to enable them start producing food and generate income
Where applicable, clearly indicate the sector, theme, or geographical area specified in the call for proposals to which the proposed action would apply:


1.4	Objectives

Maximum 1 page. Describe the overall objective(s) to which the action aims to contribute towards and the specific objective that the action aims to achieve.

1.	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART

Anti Retroviral Therapy (ART) requires that the patient has a balanced diet. Due to prolonged illness, PLWHA or AIDS patients often find themselves in a situation of depleted resource base due to inability to perform productive work and meeting expenditure required to access ART. Consequently, a balanced diet to PLWHA especially AIDS patients is a far cry. This objective will address this primary requirement in the short term before addressing medium and long term requirements among PLWHA and their families. 

Because nutrition is crucial among PLWHA especially those on ART, the project will support formation of Nutrition groups who will be trained in preparation and processing of foods suitable for PLWHA. Focus will, first and foremost, be directed at local indigenous foodstuffs which even poor families can lay their hands on. The Biodiversity Community Network (BCN) which is an associate in this project has gathered massive experience in supporting such activities.  

1.	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families

It has been widely documented that the HIV/AIDS issue has placed a huge burden on the Ministry of Health (MoH). It has become common practice to engage local communities in such a way they are involved in providing the necessary services to PLWHA and in this way contributing to the effectiveness of the public sector. The project will facilitate formation and strengthening (where such does not already exist) of community based and managed groups to lead the process of Care and prevention for and against HIV/AIDS, nutrition as it relates to HIV/AIDS and such other services.

In addition, the project will facilitate linkages between essential permanent service providers and organisations working in the sector and the local groups from the start of the project. The philosophy of this project emphasises inculcating the spirit of volunteerism among target communities.

2.	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis

The project will aim to restore livelihoods of families with PLWHA by empowering them to produce more food on a sustainable basis. The project will promote sustainable agriculture techniques and methods that are accessible and affordable from the point of view of a resource poor farmer. Both crop and animal production will be promoted. The pas-on-the-gift scheme for small livestock which has worked wonders among PLWHA elsewhere will be introduced. 

In order to ensure long term technical support in agriculture, the project will facilitate stronger linkages with the Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) and support Community Livestock Workers (CLWs) and Community Development Facilitators (CDFs) through training.

3.	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives 

In order to restore the livelihoods of PLWHA and their families, the project will promote income generation initiatives. Training will be facilitated on entrepreneurship and marketing. These skills will enable them identify and manage business ventures of their choice. Family members of PLWHA will be encouraged to form interest groups based on the business ventures that they will be pursuing. Those that require additional finances will be linked to microfinance institutions for loans and savings services.



a.	Justification

Maximum 3 pages. Please provide the following information:
i.	Relevance of the action to the objectives and priorities of the programme

The action will initially make available to PLWHA food through food aid. This is in order to enable HIV patients improve their nutritional status and thereby improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs.

The action will also promote both conservation farming and proven sustainable agriculture methods which are less labour intensive in order to improve sustainable food production and ensure availability of food throughout the year. The action will promote crop diversification to match nutritional needs of HIV/AIDS. The project will work with an associate organisation called BCN who are experts at biodiversity and have studied nutritive values of traditional food crops which are easy and cheap to grow, process and prepare. These will be promoted and grown by HIV patients and their families. 

The integration of food aid with actual sustainable food security which includes cultivation of traditional food crops and a home-grown home based care program are priorities of this project. This action presents an opportunity for vast impact and with massive ramifications such as fewer people contracting AIDS, fewer sick people, and therefore more PLWHA working and supporting their families and contributing to the local economy. There will be fewer families with HIV/AIDS patients, fewer orphans, positive change in behaviour and less call on already stretched health services. This Action is designed to enable resource-poor people create wealth that will facilitate the on-going implementation of further development activities and broaden their food base. For example, seed will be distributed on a seed revolving loan basis where PLWHA will repay their loan in kind to others while continuing to meet their own seed requirements for the following year. 

The project will also build sufficient capacity among the target group to enable them carry on initiatives started during the duration of the project. To this end, local structures will be facilitated in home based care, agriculture and nutrition.

The strong link that the project will facilitate between the target group and local permanent service providers.

ii.	Identification of perceived needs and constraints in the target country/ies, in particular in the region(s) concerned. 

The country is rated among the poorest countries in the world. The country is listed among the Highly Indebted Poor Countries (HIPC) as well as the Least Developed Countries (LDC’s). According to the UNDP’s Human Development Report of 2002, The country ranks 163 out of the 175 countries in the world in terms of human development. 

In 2003, the United Nations Human Development report indicated that about 73% of all The citizens live below the official poverty line. On average more than 70% of The citizens are classified as poor while more than 63% are living on less than US$1 per day. In rural areas 83% of the people are poor and 71% are extremely poor. 

Many of the poorest people live in female headed households affected by HIV/AIDS. The prevalence rate is high currently at 16% affecting the most productive age group of between 15 to 49 years (NAC, 2002). Due to HIV/AIDS the number of widows and orphans and the chronically ill has increased considerably. The extended family system is no longer capable of handling the huge burden presented upon it by the impact of HIV/AIDS. HIV Positive people do not have access to healthy diets and the dietary options are limited. This means that positive people cannot live longer and their families end up in destitute or dying before their time.

The The country government has realised that chronic illness that accompany poor health and deterioration of the immune system deplete households assets, reduce labour and lead to reduced food production
This project will be implemented in The district of Southern Province. The consortium will concentrate on constituency. The population of Southern Province is 1,212,124 out of which 203,219 are in District. The prevalence rate for Southern province is currently at 16.2% ranks as the third highest in The country after Capital city and Provinces (NAC The country HIV/AIDS estimates, 2004). District is one of the most densely populated areas in Southern Province and according to estimates of 2004 from the National AIDS Council, District was the second highest in terms of HIV prevalence of 22.5% with a total number of 25,024 people second only to. The overall poverty levels of Southern Province are high at 76% (CSO – living conditions in The country, 1998) while 59% of the people are classified extremely poor. 

The project is targeting an area north of The district called 2nd district. 2nd district covers most of Constituency. 

The target area is bound to the east by the Highway, and the Highway passes right through the community. The proximity of 2nd district to the main road makes the area vulnerable to the spread of HIV/AIDS and other sexually transmitted diseases. This area appears to be particularly hard hit due to its geographical location and high poverty levels. Many small traders come to this area to sell second hand clothes and other merchandise and in the process end up mingling with people. These transient travellers and truckers take advantage of the poor farmers and expose them to HIV/AIDS. This has resulted into many HIV/AIDS patients.

iii.	Description of the target group(s) and final beneficiaries and estimated number 
The action will target The district, in Southern Province. The specific target community is 2nd district area and beyond. In 2nd district Project area and expansion area the project will work with 500 PLWHA and their families. The direct beneficiaries from 2nd district area will be 300 and 200 in the 2nd district expansion area. The number of indirect beneficiaries will be 3000 people.
iv.	Reasons for the selection of the target group(s) and identification of their needs and constraints. How does the Action contribute to the needs of the target group(s) and final beneficiaries?

The direct beneficiaries have been selected because they are PLWHA. Some are already on ART and are in the extreme poverty bracket. 

The indirect beneficiaries have been selected because they have been adversely affected by the status and condition of the PLWHA in their families. Assets have been lost due to demands placed on PLWHA in terms of nutrition and other logistics necessary for caring for the same. For both PLWHA and their families to get back into productive engagement, they need to have basic needs readily available and accessible. These include food, healthy diets, diversified food production and income generation. This will assist to broaden their food security base.

Contribution to the needs of the target group and final beneficiaries 

1.	The action will assist PLWHA have available and accessible food which will help them improve the uptake and effectiveness of ARVs. Currently there is no food for PLWHA and where little is available it would be the staple food maize which does not help their condition. 
2.	The Home Based Care (HBC) system already in existence will be strengthened through training of care and prevention teams and formation of more support groups so that PLWHA can encourage and support each other.
3.	Food production will be carefully designed so that crops promoted and grown will be of high nutritive value and will increase the availability and accessibility of food making up a healthy diet. Food production will be combined with the promotion of traditional crops of high nutritive value that are easy to grow even in times of drought and have proven medicinal properties such as Amaranthus.
4.	Income generation will ensure that target beneficiaries broaden their food security base so that over - reliance on a single source of income is eradicated.

b.	Detailed description of activities

Maximum 9 pages.  Include the title and a detailed description of each activity to be undertaken to produce the results, justifying the choice of the activities and specifying where applicable the role of each partner (or associates or subcontractors) in the activities. In this respect, the detailed description of activities must not repeat the action plan (see section 1.9).

	Diagrammatic representation of the project concept
 

1.	To improve the nutritional status of PLWHA through food aid in order to improve the uptake and effectiveness of ART

•	Facilitate formation of community based nutrition groups: The project will facilitate formation of 5 nutrition groups who will be trained in the preparation and processing of nutritious foods and diets for PLWHA. The groups will also be responsible for educating fellow community members on issues of nutrition.

•	Training of nutrition groups: Nutrition groups will be trained on locally available food stuffs and the relationship of nutrition to HIV/AIDS. The training will be conducted by health staff from Hospitals as well as the Biodiversity Community Network (BCN).

•	Analysis of diets of PLWHA: Experts will work together with members of nutrition groups to analyse diets of PLWHA in the area. Thereafter, World Food Programme (WFP) instruments will be used to identify ARV patients who require food assistance. 
 
•	Design of food packs: Equipped with analyses of diets of PLWHA, food packs will be designed by nutrition groups.

•	Purchase of food and organisation of logistics: The project will purchase food stuffs based on the EC’s procurement procedures. Appropriate information systems will be applied in the procurement of foodstuffs and subsequent processes. 

•	Distribution and monitoring of distribution and utilisation of food packs: Keepers The country Foundation in close collaboration with the WFP has been involved in distributing foodstuffs and seeds to communities affected by drought and HIV/AIDS in Western province. This experience will be handy in organisation of logistics and monitoring systems for distribution and utilisation of food packs to beneficiaries in this project.

2.	To create and strengthen community based structures and groups for sustained care and support for PLWHA and their families.

•	Awareness for VCT: The project will facilitate awareness creation campaigns for potential beneficiaries of the project to undergo Voluntary Counselling and Testing (VCT). The campaign for VCT will also serve as the awareness for the project in the area. Project staff will use this opportunity to explain the scaling up of existing initiatives. Methods for awareness creation and campaign will include drama sessions by local groups, awareness meetings and role plays

•	Facilitating mobile VCT: In collaboration with the New Start Centre (NSC), mobile VCT sessions will be conducted across the target area. Those whose results will be positive to HIV/AIDS will be automatic beneficiaries of the project

•	Promotion of ART among PLWHA: The first intervention for the target beneficiaries is the linkage for Anti Retroviral Therapy (ART). Apart from those that will be tested after the awareness for VCT, some beneficiaries will already be aware about their status. The project will also take these on board. The project will also directly target households that are hosting chronically ill persons to benefit from the project.

•	Facilitate formation of 10 support groups of PLWHA: Some of the PLWHA will be mobilised into support groups that will lead the process of campaigns for VCT and ART. The support groups will also coordinate Home Based Care (HBC) programmes in the target area.

•	Training for CPTs on care and support to PLWHA: The project will exploit existing collaboration with the Ministry of Health Authorities at the District and at Hospital to train Care and Prevention Teams (CPTs). 

•	Facilitate linkages between CPTs and local stakeholders: In order to enhance the effectiveness of CPTs, the project will facilitate a deliberate campaign to link these to local leaders including headmen, chiefs, religious leaders, politicians and any other persons of influence. 

•	Facilitate linkages between CPTs and other support institutions: The project will ensure that all the relationships with development actors in the district and province are shared with local structures created and facilitated in the target area. To this end, local CPTs will be introduced to organisations like the District HIV/AIDS Task Force (DATF), District Health Management Team (DHMT), Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO), The country Health Education and Communication Trust, The country Users of ARVs, Network of people living with HIV/AIDS in The country and many such others.

3.	To increase food diversity and security for families with PLWHA on a sustainable basis

•	Training in sustainable agriculture methods: As a long term measure to ensure household food security among PLWHA and their families, the project will encourage use of low cost and sustainable agricultural methods such as agro forestry and potholing. The Ministry of Agriculture and Cooperatives (MACO) will deliver appropriate training on various sustainable agricultural methods and techniques.

•	Training in crop diversification: MACO will also conduct training in crop diversification both for increased diversity in foodstuffs as well as for generation of income. 

•	Training in production, processing and preparation of indigenous food products: In line with diversification of foodstuffs, the project will promote not just production but processing and preparation of such foodstuffs. The choice of these crops will be informed by the analysis that experts will recommend from a nutrition point of view. Experts from BCN, MACO and MoH will be key in this activity.

•	Training in off-season farming: The area around 2nd district is prone to (partial) drought. This fact coupled with the need to increase the productivity of households with PLWHA calls for agricultural production throughout the year. The project will train beneficiaries in off-season production of vegetables, green maize and any other crops for food and income.

•	Facilitate establishment of seed revolving mechanism: One of the most important inputs for sustainable food security is seed. The project will facilitate establishment of a revolving seed supply mechanism. The idea will be to provide a conducive environment for supply and availability of good quality and affordable seed and planting materials on a timely and sustainable basis. The management of the seed revolving scheme will be done by agricultural and income generation Interest Groups that will be formed in the area. Establishment of the scheme will involve training of seed growers and traders. MACO will be key in delivering this activity.

•	Supply of seed to the seed revolving scheme:  Once adequate capacity has been built in IGs, the project will provide initial seed on a one - off basis. Thereafter, MACO and project staff will offer technical back-up support to ensure sound management of the scheme in the second season.


4.	To reduce the socio-economic impact of HIV/AIDS among PLWHA and their families through the implementation of appropriate income earning initiatives 

•	Facilitate identification of viable economic opportunities in the area and beyond: Project staff will facilitate identification of viable economic activities in the area and beyond among members of households with PLWHA. The role of staff from the project at this stage will be information provision and facilitation of the process.

•	Facilitate formation of interest groups:  Based on viable business ventures identified by family members of PLWHA, interest groups (IGs) will be formed. These IGs will draw action plans on how they will exploit the identified economic opportunities at household and group levels. 
 
•	Training in business, marketing and technical skills: The project will facilitate training of members of IGs in business and marketing skills as well as technical aspects of the particular economic ventures of their choice. Some of the ventures that may be identified (based on past experience in the area) include livestock and mushroom production.

•	Training of community based volunteers: The project will attempt to inculcate a strong spirit of volunteerism among member of 2nd district community. Apart from support groups and CPTs, teams of local persons will be assembled to provide technical support to livestock owners, crop farmers and business persons. Community Livestock workers (CLWs) will be trained through the Department of Animal Health to provide support to keepers of small livestock while Community Development workers will take care of agricultural and business concerns of local households.
 
•	Linkage to financial institutions: The need for additional capital is often identified as a major constraint to promotion of business among rural people. The project will link vibrant IGs to Micro finance Institutions (MFIs) within the province. The MFIs will provide savings and credit services among IGs to enable them grow their businesses.

5.	Project management

•	Inception workshop: Prior to starting the project, an inception workshop will be held involving all key stakeholders and participants in the projects. The workshop will serve to build a common understanding of the major concepts, procedures ands targets for the project. The workshop will also serve to develop an appropriate Monitoring and Evaluation (M&E) system for the project. A work plans as well as roles and responsibilities of each participating organisation will be clarified. 

•	Review and planning workshops: Representatives from community based structures, collaborating organisations and members of staff of the project will meet quarterly to review progress and plan for each of the four quarters. 
 
•	Baseline survey: At the onset of the project, a baseline survey will be conducted to determine the status of each of the indicators of progress outlined in the log frame as well as those that project stakeholders may wish to add during the inception workshop. The baseline survey will set benchmarks for future measurement of progress during and after the project intervention.

•	Mid term evaluation: After the tenth month, the project will undergo a mid term evaluation to take stock of progress thus far with a possibility of adjustment to the approach, targets and other aspects of the project based on experience. This evaluation will also identify aspects of the project that will require further support beyond this particular initiative 

•	End of project evaluation: at the conclusion of the project, an end of project evaluation will be undertaken to close out the project and recommend further action to local community members and partners as well as collaborating organisations and institutions.

•	Training of all community groups in participatory monitoring systems: All the community based groups that the project will facilitate will undergo some training in participatory monitoring and evaluation. In this way, the monitoring system for the project will be internalised by the community and its structures and will remain useful long after the project has phased out

c.	Methodology

Maximum 4 pages.  Detailed description of:
i.	Methods of implementation and reasons for the proposed methodology

The methodology used in this project places emphasis on building strong local structures from the start of the project. These structures will be involved in the planning and implementation of project activities as well as the monitoring and evaluation of the same and the results arising from these activities. The project aims to inculcate a spirit of volunteerism among members of the community. A volunteer from ICA will be attached to the project for the whole duration of the project.

The project also takes on board collaborating institutions and organisations that will remain to provide various services to project beneficiaries beyond the life time of the project. Figure 2 (below) is a diagrammatic representation 

The concept of the CFSP is founded on the premises that there are sufficient levels of awareness about HIV/AIDS in 2nd district area. The entry point for the project will therefore be promotion for VCT through meetings, drama and sports among other methods. 

The project will also conduct mobile VCT sessions with the New Start Centre and The country Health Education and Communication Trust. The members of the community that will test positive will be encouraged to participate in activities of the project and some will form support groups (SGs) and care and Prevention Teams (CPTs). The project will also target households with people that are chronically ill. The target group for the project will therefore be households with PLWHA and the PLWHA in particular.

Apart from SGs and CPTs, the project will facilitate formation of Nutrition Groups (NGs) from among the target households. The SGs will be trained in various aspects of nutrition and how it affects HIV/AIDS. Experts will deliver various training sessions to SGs to, among other things, enable them analyse diets of PLWHA and recommend suitable food packs which the project will provide in the short term.



Community Based Structures among households with PLWHA


					
				
Support Groups 



	
	    Nutrition Groups					Care & Prevention Teams 




				Com Development Facilitators 
				       
					Interest Groups

				   Community Livestock workers





Using the recommended food pack and diets, food stocks will be purchased using EC procurement guidelines. Th Foundation will rely heavily on experience in handling food distribution programmes under the Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP). interaction with World Food Programme in distribution of food under the Disaster Management an Mitigation Unit (DMMU) will also be essential at this stage.

For the sake of the long term, the project will build capacity for target households to produce a diverse range of food crops in adequate quantities. Timely availability of good quality and affordable seeds will be facilitated through a revolving seed supply scheme managed by community members themselves. Rearing of small livestock such as goats and pigs will be promoted on a pass-on-the-gift basis which has worked very well in Western and Central provinces. Strong linkages will be established with the MACO and local capacity will be built to ensure continuous technical support through identification and training of CLWs and CDFs.

The project will also support development of entrepreneurship that will enable target households identify and exploit viable business opportunities. Linkages will be facilitated with micro finance institutions (MFIs) to service those households that will need additional capital to grow their businesses. As MFIs are institutions in their own right, it is expected that they will continue servicing members of the community beyond the lifetime of the project.

In facilitating availability of suitable and adequate amounts of food for PLWHA, the projects will promote, first and foremost, indigenous, locally available and low input crops, vegetables and fruits. The BCN have carried out research on most of these foods in terms of dietary value over the past ten years. The CFSP will therefore aim to integrate these findings in the design of food packs for households with PLWHA as well as in the production of these crops for the medium and long terms. 

The CFSP is also based on the experience of all three organisations participating in the preparation of the project concept. While ICA bring the international experience to the project particularly in the response to HIV/AIDS pandemic, have gathered some considerable experience in design and implementation of livelihood projects in six of The country’s nine provinces. The consortium can also boast of experience in implementing humanitarian initiatives through the European Commission Humanitarian Aid Office (ECHO) and the government’s Disaster Management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU). ICA belong to a network of 15 NGOs which provides a rich reservoir of technical information and expertise. 

An important part of the project approach is the strong link between the project and permanent service providers. The already existing linkages with the MACO, DATF and MoH will be strengthened. Linkages will also be created and strengthened with other players.

The involvement of local communities and groups in the monitoring and evaluation of project activities and outcomes is an important capacity building aspect of the CFSP. ICA has employed this approach where communities have been empowered to make informed decisions about development activities in their areas.

ii.	Where the action is the prolongation of a previous action, explain how the action is intended to build on the results of this previous action 

The CFSP will be scaling up the work that has been going on over the past 2 years financed by ICA. The project has been working with 200 households with PLWHA. Through the facilitation of the project, 189 people have undergone VCT. Five (5) CPTs have been formed and trained but 10 more will be needed for the new initiative and the strengthening of existing ones will be required.

In the process of carrying out these activities, strong linkages were established with the Ministry of Health (MoH), Hospital and Clinic. These vital relationships will be strengthened under this project. 

The CFSP will use the already sufficient levels of awareness about HIV/AIDS done mainly through the project so far. Issues of Food and HIV/AIDS have also been addressed to some extent over the past 2 years and this project will only be scaling up on the same.

In terms of agricultural activities, 130 people have received training in sustainable agriculture and funds have already been secured to provide them with seeds for the season 2006/07. 

iii.	Where the action is part of a larger programme, explain how it fits or is coordinated with this programme. Please specify the potential synergies with other initiatives, in particular from the EC
The CFSP is not a part of a larger programme

iv.	Procedures for follow up and internal/external evaluation

Before the start of the project, all stakeholders will meet to build a common understanding of the project and to streamline the roles of each player. The inception workshop will also review and plan major activities for the project.

In order to empower the target group in decision making, the project will train selected members of the community in Participatory monitoring and evaluation. The design of the project’s monitoring and evaluation system will build on the system established at community level.

A baseline survey will be carried out at the start of the project to benchmark the various indicators of progress elaborated in the logical framework. The baseline survey will be undertaken by independent consultants

Ten months into the implementation of the project, a mid term evaluation will be conducted to take stock of progress and recommend corrective measures and pick up issues that may not have been considered at the beginning of the project. The outcome of the mid term review will also inform organisations and people of 2nd district that would desire to intervene in future.

The project will conduct quarterly and annual reviews for stakeholders to review and plan progress. Participants in the quarterly and annual review meetings will include community members, project staff, partners and collaborators. At the end of the project, an end of project evaluation will be conducted.

v.	Description of the role and participation in the action of the various actors (local partner, target groups, local authorities, etc.), and the reasons for which these roles have been assigned to them. 

Each of the three organisations participating in implementing this project brings a variety of experiences to the table.

The Foundation

The foundation has gathered massive experience over its 10 year period. Some of these are:

•	Participation in the past three years in food aid programmes in close collaboration with the Disaster management and Mitigation Unit (DMMU) and the World Food Programme (WFP)
•	Implementation of humanitarian activities under the Agricultural Recovery Programme (ARP). At least 60% of households benefiting from this initiative are affected by HIV/AIDS
•	Participation in a pilot cash transfer project implemented as an alternative means to mitigate social and economic vulnerability among rural people
•	Implementation of Food Security Pack (FSP) programmes in Western and North Western provinces
•	Implementation of a Forest Resource Management Project under IFAD in conjunction with the Government of the Republic.
•	Implementation of livelihood projects in partnership .


The ICA has implemented and is still implementing various projects in three of The country’s nine provinces. Some of these are:  

•	2003- 2006: Food security project involving women and families keeping orphans and poor resource farmers in Central Province 
•	2003- 2006: Food security project in Capital city Province 
•	2004-2006: HIV/AIDS- prevention, nutrition and care for PLWHA area in Capital city Province for orphans widows and vulnerable children 
•	2005- 2006: HIV/AIDS in 2nd district Project in Southern Province for PLWHA and vulnerable families 
•	2006: Women rights empowerment project in Central province
•	2005 –2006: Sustainable Agriculture and HIV/AIDS for women in Central Province
•	2006: Food security project in in Central Province with a strong focus on HIV/AIDS


ICA

ICA have provided technical and facilitation support to ICAs since 1996, as well as acting as project holders for the following:

•	1996-2003: Integrated Development Programme, 
•	1999-2002: Health and Leadership programme,
•	2000-2003: Integrated Rural Development programme for Women, 
•	2000-2004: Integrated Development Programme, Tanzania 
•	2005-2006: African ICAs HIV/AIDS Initiative (two workshops,)
•	2005-2006: Pilot of Living Well with HIV/AIDS 

With this background, THE ORG will be responsible for:

•	Overall coordination of project activities
•	Manage finances as per EC requirements
•	Employ two Field Officers
•	Host the volunteer from ICA
•	Manage all project procurements 

will be responsible for:

•	Coordination of networking activities with collaborators such as the MoH, MACO, DATF, ZHECT, NSC, BCN, AARVU etc
•	Employ the Project Coordinator


ICA will be responsible for:

•	Placement of a Volunteer
•	Capacity building of local NGO partners through training of project staff and technical support to the project and THE ORG




vi.	Team proposed for implementation of the action (by function: there is no need to include the names of individuals here)


No.
	
Title	
Role

A. Salaried Personnel

1	
Project Coordinator (full time)	
Coordination of the project 

2	
ICA Volunteer (full time)	Providing technical support to the project and staff of the project 

3	
Programme Officer-THE ORG (20%)	
Liaison with the donors and partner organisation & collaborating institutions/organisations

4	
Accountant-THE ORG (30%)	
Providing sound financial management for the project

5	
Field Officers X2 (full time)	
Frontline staff working with communities

B. Voluntary Personnel

1	
Community Livestock Workers	
Technical support to livestock owners

2	
Community Development Facilitators	
Technical support to local farmers on sustainable agriculture and business

3	
Care & Prevention Teams (15 made up of 10)	
Leading care for HIV/AIDS patients and prevention programmes against HIV/AIDS

4	
Nutrition Groups (5 made up of 5)	
Leading nutrition programmes for PLWHA in terms of production, processing and preparation of the same

5	
Support Groups (10 made up of 5)	
Groups of PLWHA organising others to address the various constraints faced by their peers

vii.	Main means proposed for implementation of the action (equipment, tools…)

The project will only have two means thus:

•	Motorbikes (X2 provided by and THE ORG) for the 2 Field staff
•	Bicycles (X 50) for CPTs and CDFs

The action plan must be drawn up using the following format:

Year 1
THE ORG Food Aid & Food Security Action Plan	                   Semester 1	               Semester 2	
Activity	1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	Implementing body
													
Objective 1: Improved nutritional status of PLWHA													
Community mobilisation													THE ORG & partners
Purchase & distribution of foodstuffs													THE ORG
													
Objective 2: Strengthening & establishing  local structures													
Awareness for VCT													THE ORG, partners, , MoH
Mobile VCT													THE ORG, , ICA, , 
Promotion of ART													THE ORG, , ICA
Training of CPTs & SGs													MoH, , Hospital
													
Objective 3: Increased Food production & diversity													
Training in agriculture & nutrition													BCN, 
Supply of seed & small livestock													THE ORG & partners
													
Objective 4; Improved socio economic impact through income generation													
Training in entrepreneurship & marketing													THE ORG & partners
Training of community based volunteers													ICA Volunteers, THE ORG & partners
Linkage to micro finance institutions													THE ORG & partners
													
Project management													
Inception workshop													THE ORG & partners
Baseline survey													Consultant
Review & planning meetings													THE ORG & partners
End of Project Evaluation													
Training in Participatory M&E													ICA, MoH
													


Year 2
THE ORG Food Aid & Food Security Action Plan	                   Semester 1	               Semester 2	
Activity	1	2	3	4	5	6	7	8	9	10	11	12	Implementing body
													
Objective 2: Strengthening & establishing  local structures													
Awareness for VCT													THE ORG, partners, ZHECT, MoH
Mobile VCT													THE ORG, 
Promotion of ART													THE , ICA
Training of CPTs & SGs													MoH, , Hospital
													
Objective 3: Increased Food production & diversity													
Training in agriculture & nutrition													
Supply of seed & small livestock													THE ORG & partners
													
Objective 4; Improved socio economic impact through income generation													
Training in entrepreneurship & marketing													THE ORG & partners
Training of community based volunteers													ICA Volunteer, THE ORG & partners
Linkage to micro finance institutions													THE ORG & partners
													
Project management													
Inception workshop													THE ORG & partners
Baseline survey													Consultant
Review & planning meetings													THE ORG & partners
End of Project Evaluation													
Training in Participatory M&E													ICA, MoH
													




2.	EXPECTED RESULTS

2.1	Expected impact on target groups/beneficiaries

Maximum 2 pages.  Indicate how the action will improve:
1.1.1	the situation of target groups/beneficiaries

•	An increase of at least 50% in food production at household level by direct beneficiaries
•	At least 75% of direct beneficiaries accessing three meals per day 
•	Improved nutritional status among 500 PLWHA
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households growing at least 3 major food crops of nutritive value by the end of 2 years
•	Basic business training for  200 people 
•	More than 50 of the beneficiaries successfully go through a 3 months nutrition programme
•	Increased cash incomes (by 50%) for at least 200 of the PLWHA and their families
•	At least 200 people undergoing VCT per year
•	At least 100 introduced to ART per year

1.1.2	the technical and management capacities of target groups and/or any partners where applicable.

•	More than 10 support groups formed with ability to coordinate development initiatives with minimum external support
•	Strengthened capacity of 5 Care and Prevention Teams (CPTs)
•	Improved technical knowledge and skills among 200 households in agriculture and business to sustain their livelihoods in the midst of the impact of HIV/AIDS
•	Increased technical skills and knowledge by 600 people and 100 households in the production and preparation of indigenous nutritious food crops 
•	Improved skills and knowledge by 10 support groups and 15 CPTs in coordinating and monitoring community based nutrition and HIV/AIDS related initiatives  
•	Increased networking among community based groups in addressing issues of nutrition and HIV/AIDS
•	Improved capacities of implementing partner NGOs in organisational management and ability to meet the needs of beneficiaries


2.2	Concrete outputs

Maximum 1 page. Be specific and quantify outputs as much as possible. Indicate notably foreseen publications.

•	At least 200 people will undergo VCT 
•	At least 250 PLWHA will be linked to appropriate authorities for ART
•	At least 75% of the 500 targeted households with PLWHA affording 3 meals per day and growing at least 3 major crops
•	Increased cash income by at least 50% for 200 PLWHA and their families
•	Fifteen Support Groups, 5 Care and Prevention Teams and 5 Nutrition Groups established and strengthened and serving the target group


2.3	Multiplier effects

Maximum 1 page. Describe the possibilities for replication and extension of the action outcomes.

•	The two The countryn NGOs participating in this project are working in other areas of The country namely; Western, North - Western, Central and Capital city Provinces making up almost half of The country and covering some 50,000 households. Experiences gained through this project will no – doubt spill over to these areas
•	Being an international organisation, ICA is connected to many organisations locally and abroad. Results from this project will add to the pool of experiences gained elsewhere in Africa and beyond
•	The involvement of a wide range of national stakeholders such as the Ministry of Health (MoH), The country Health Education and makes for a broad based network and sharing of experiences across the country
•	Both belong to a network of 15 local NGOs. The available channels of information and experience sharing within this network will enable spill over to other organisations and practitioners. Additionally, is a member of the International NGO (INGO) forum which is another channel for sharing experiences
•	The target area of this pr </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td><tr><td><form action='#' method = 'post'><table><tr>
	 <td valign='top'>51 <input type='hidden' name='id' id='id' value='51'/></td> <td>  
	 <td><textarea name='proptitle' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:125px;height:300px' id='proptitle' >HIV/AIDS Community Caretakers Mobilization </textarea></td>
	 <td><textarea name='short' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: white white white white;width:175px;height:300px' id='short' > This project intends to work in eight countries to strengthen and expand village level HIV/AIDS caretakers program. </textarea></td>
     <td><textarea name='description' style='border-style: solid; border-width:1px; border-color: black black black black;width:400px;height:300px' id='description' >HIV/AIDS Community Caretakers Mobilization
Project


2) Organization Description

 (ICA) is a private, not-for-profit social change organization. Its primary objective is to promote positive change in communities, organizations and individual lives around the world by helping people find their own solutions to problems and the means to implement those solutions.  The ICA uses highly participatory methods developed over 30 years to foster creative thinking, consensus-based decision making and team building. It’s methods generate ownership, create clear goals, open lines of communication, broaden perspectives and motivate people to adapt to their changing environment while honoring the cultural traditions and diversity of all involved.

ICA was incorporated in 1973 after operating for several years as a program division of the Ecumenical Institute in Illinois.  ICA currently operates autonomously as a registered member of thirty-five independent ICA affiliates located throughout North and South America, Africa, Europe, Asia and the Pacific. ICAI has Consultative Status with the United Nations Economic and Social Council (Category II) and with UNICEF.

Over the years, ICA has helped effect change within governments, local communities, corporations, volunteer organizations and community development groups. It has demonstrated that a program’s effectiveness increases when the people it affects are part of the development and implementation process. ICA acts as a catalyst in areas such as education, leadership training, organizational transformation, democracy building, micro-credit, agricultural development, job development and training, neighborhood improvement and in fostering the art of facilitating diverse groups.

Thirty years of methods testing and refinement have enabled ICA to create and sustain a variety of programs across the US and abroad which invoke one common principle—the desire to release the creativity of the people involved and allow them to help shape their own destiny.  ICA facilitates this creative process so that people can learn for themselves how to think, plan and lead.  ICA’s experience in participatory problem-solving and its unique understanding of cultural diversity make it eminently qualified to work in today’s environments of change. 
 
ICA’s unique Technology of Participation (ToP) provides proven ways for people to master problem solving, planning and critical decision making within their organizations and communities. Over a million people worldwide have turned to the ICA to sharpen their facilitation skills and strengthen their work performance. 

The Institute of Cultural Affairs has offices and development activities in many countries: In half of the countries, ICA has been an active agency in broad-based development in many villages for up to 25 years.  Staff has worked at the village level and is known and trusted.  ICA offices are well positioned to integrate an HIV/AIDS intervention project into their ongoing development activities.   In fact, it is necessary to do so.  

ICA projects have 20 years of experience with health caretaker. ICA worked with 1,500 villages training village leaders to plan and implement their own projects and village health caretakers to use simple health messages and projects (toilets, home gardens, dish rakes and roof water tanks). In a comprehensive two-year study by the University, significant differences were found in  health knowledge, family planning attitudes and behavior. ICA has also run an urban slum mother-child clinic for ten years using health caretakers. The project focused on health caretakers not only giving home demonstrations on family spacing and nutrition practices, but also re-supplying condom and birth control pills. This was done in conjunction with a nurse run clinic. 

ICA has worked to bring better health care at the local level with particular focus on child-to-child programs and women’s empowerment. With a largely illiterate population of women, they developed a health curriculum using pictures and delivered by older women health outreach workers. They also worked on strategies and programs to stop female genital mutilation  

ICA started a village pharmacy box program that was later picked up to replicate countrywide. Training a cadre of rural health workers, the pharmacy boxes provided not only medicine and health advice, but also a small business enterprise for young men and women.  ICA has worked on an HIV/AIDS awareness campaign with the World Bank.  The focus of this work was to provide public messages about the dangers of HIV/AIDS through the use of billboards and poster campaigns. For four years the Japanese Government and ICA have implemented an HIV testing and awareness project with the public schools and village markets.
  
This project intends to work in eight countries to strengthen and expand village level HIV/AIDS caretakers program. 


3) Need for HIV/AIDS Training and Capacity-Building

It became increasingly clear during preparation and follow up to the ICA International Conference in 2000 that ICA needed to integrate HIV/AIDS prevention work into all of our work.  70% of all the cases in the world were in Sub-Saharan Africa. A pilot project was launched in July, 2002 and in seven additional countries in 2003. 

We found that the need of each country is very different, both in terms of it’s HIV rate and experience with HIV, but also in terms of the needs of the villages selected for implementation.  


The following chart summarizes the 2002-3 villages, locations, and HIV rates.  This proposed project would expand from these villages, which will have a new location.
 
Village/country	HIV/AIDS rate*	Location	Type	Need/Experience
Country 1
	3%	3 hrs toAccra. 
Crossroad t	Agricultural	No personal HIV experience
Country 2, , 	21.5%	2 hrs to. Crossroads 	Agricultural
5 villages stretched over 20 km	Every family has lost members, cared for orphans. 
Country 3
	6%	On truck route	Fragmented community	Little personal HIV experience  
Country 4
	8%	District,. 6 hours to
	Agricultural
4 villages in 5 km radius	Previous experience with an HIV project
Country 5
	33.7%	Suburb of 	Peri-urban	Severe epidemic

Country 6
	20%	100 km from 	Rural, isolated, few services	Severe epidemic
Country 7
	15%	District, Eastern Providence.
3 hours to 	Agricultural/ commercial/semi-arid	 
Severe epidemic
Country 8
	5%	2 hours from 	Agricultural 
5 villages against Nile River; isolated 
	“Been there, done that,” 
Very experienced 
*Report on the global HIV/AIDS epidemic, UNAIDS, 2002

Although there was a basic design for the program, (explained in Section 4), the launch phase of the project in each of the nine countries adapted to the specifics of the situation and to the desires of the local leadership and participants.  We can assume that in this expansion phase of the project, the new villages will be similar to those initially recruited.  Thus the ideas and suggestions of local village leaders and launch-phase participants will guide the expansion phase.  Examples of needs and the responses are:
•	The district administrator did not want just an education project – people already know about HIV – he wanted emphasis on community planning to address poverty.  Thus we changed the curriculum and started with a review of what people knew and what they wanted to know.  
•	Participants had little knowledge of HIV and AIDS, only ominous rumors.  There, the teaching curriculum was entirely appropriate and was followed closely.  

Staff leaders from all eight countries both trained and were trained, gave feed back, and prepared to lead the projects in their own countries with assistance from another country leader.  Leadership of all countries met in March 2004 to evaluate, share experiences and agree to expand programs in their countries.  Peer educators gave feedback to every aspect of training, helping to shape the HIV/AIDS Prevention Education Guide, a tool to use when talking to their neighbors and produced on site.  Additional changes were made to the guide following the project, and new lessons were added before testing and treatment - reflecting participant feedback about what they needed to know.   ICA methods themselves elicit input: Community planning is participatory and determines strategies of the project for the coming year.

The intent of Phase I was to learn about mounting a major HIV/AIDS project and to build capacity in ICA staffs, prepare a core of village caretakers or peer educators, and build relationships with local leadership and health resources.  All the evidence is not yet in, but we have demonstrated already that much has been successful but that the need is great. Each of the eight ICA offices was able to organize and launch a project with very limited outside financial and staff support.  Seven of the eight projects are actively implementing the project.  Each ICA has a core of HIV/AIDS trained staff but more are needed.  Many are already expanding their avenues of work and developing a donor base for needed funds.
•	ICA has finished a contract with the AIDS Commission to train other NGOs.
•	ICA has obtained HIV/AIDS funding from.
•	ICA has obtained funding to expand work to focus on orphans, youth and credit.
•	ICA has expanded work to the surrounding 50 villages 
•	ICA has been asked to host a VCT Center and have hired a nurse to staff it.
•	ICA has obtained financial support from the National AIDS Control Council to train other NGO’s, and is integrating HIV/AIDS into all their programmes.
•	ICA has integrated peer educator training into 50 CBO’s across.
•	ICA has submitted a proposal to a major donor to focus on orphans, patients and affected families. 

ICA’s strategy was to test a community-based approach that focused on training community peer educators, formulate a plan, and begin carrying out concrete actions, to break the silence, and to systematically engage the community in working together.  The evaluation in July 2003 of the project conducted:
•	A core group of peer educators (stake leaders) remains interested in HIV prevention and other community improvements
•	The community seems supportive of the group and says that the stake leaders have contributed to a sense of “community” and pride in their area.
•	People seem to talk more easily and openly about HIV.
•	Peer educators seem comfortable and confident in their ability to talk about HIV/AIDS.  At the training, one man had suggested that the way to deal with someone with HIV was to kill him.  At evaluation he was one of the most engaged and sensitive participants. 
•	The group wants continued training, has cut back on house-to-house education, and sees their community plan to be the primary focus of their activities.
•	A wide variety of activities were initiated such as a HIV/AIDS youth club, poster campaigns, presentations at schools, churches, and funerals.
•	The queen mother and other village leadership became an active advocate, holding meetings with youth and arranging for scholarships for 45 girls.   
•	The group sees lack of funds as a major barrier and wants assistance with raising and managing funds.
•	The group wants more regular staff support.
•	Monitoring and record keeping of activities need improvement.

Part of this strategy was to build partnerships with the government, other NGOs, and the donor community.  It is obvious from the list above, that countries are actively pursuing government and donor collaborations.  One important learning is that the ‘who’ the projects can most helpfully partner with will vary greatly. local leadership proved to be powerful allies.  It was the local health clinic, as well as cooperative work in home care.  

It is difficult – and we did not have the resources in Phase I – to effectively measure changes in knowledge, attitudes, and behavior.  The attributable effect on the HIV rate may never be measurable, but has demonstrated and stands as an example that talking about HIV/AIDS and how to prevent it is a major step in reversing the epidemic.  We believe that energy focused on giving local people the tools and training to talk with their neighbors and a vehicle to plan for systematic community action to manage the challenge will have a positive effect.  The Parish plan had four strategies to address needs:  Make condoms and testing convenient and available; change attitudes and behavior; organize assistance for HIV/AIDS patients; and organize income generating groups and savings and credit cooperatives.  If they can do these things, they will be down the road in managing HIV/AIDS.       
 
4) Project Summary and Implementing Plan

In July of 2002, ICA piloted a project for the ICA HIV/AIDS village mobilization campaign in the small village.  During three weeks, twenty-three village peer educators were trained in HIV/AIDS prevention, a community plan to protect the next generation was designed by the village, and a regional HIV/AIDS resource guide was developed. A training manual was tested and a Village Education Guide was written based on village feedback during training. the Minister of Health, and the Director of the AIDS Commission met with ICA staff, providing television and newspaper support for the community-based effort, as well as stressing the importance of combating HIV while it still enjoyed a low infection rate of 4%.

In 2003 projects were launched in, , , , ,.  There is an ICA staff master trainer in each country prepared to lead village HIV/AIDS training and mobilization projects, and another 20 staff who have been trained in HIV/AIDS prevention.  We have trained 204 village peer educators and village appropriate education materials have been translated into six local languages. Twenty volunteer health professionals from around the world joined the launch teams to initiate training and community planning.  Public launching ceremonies created occasions for staff, villagers, and local and other officials and NGO’s in the area to recognize the importance of the effort being initiated.  

Each country had a two to three week “launch,” to be followed by an initial one year implementation period.  A community plan is in place in seven of eight countries and ICA staff is providing staff support to village educators as they educate their peers and assist in carrying out the village’s plan to address the HIV/AIDS challenge.  Those projects, launched in 2003, will not complete their initial phase until 2004.  Most of these environments were quite different than the launch site, because of much higher HIV rates and experience with the disease.  Evaluation will take place in the Fall.  
What we are proposing is to expand to four surrounding villages using the momentum and learnings form the 2002-2003 launches to rapidly scale up the expansion of villages in each of the eight countries. The support and networking with surrounding government agencies, NGOs and international organization will allow for this rapid growth. Most important, the African ICA staff and villages have gained valuable experience after this initiating period. This expansion project will increase the effectiveness and impact of villager large-scale caretaker work. The expanded project will give sufficient critical mass to show that this approach has possibilities to managing the HIV/AIDS challenge village by village. The expansion project will start in January 2005.  (A one-year, quarterly work plan follows on page 10 and personnel on 9.) 
  
5) Results/Outcomes

We expect to have 32 communities who have a thorough knowledge of HIV/AIDS as well as a plan of action they are implementing to prepare a long-term vision of a HIV/AIDS free community. From this work we will have a cluster of communities that will be a demonstration to the region of taking up the task of AIDS. We are convinced that communities will be educated about HIV/AIDS when their fellow villagers are willing to open the space for dialogue/action and spearhead initiative to use condoms and be tested. We will document progress in accomplishing each villages plan, record family visits, and community project/campaigns initiated through monthly support staff visits. It has been shown that people who are willing to be tested are 40% more likely to practice safe sex. Therefore we anticipate that through HIV/AIDS education plus campaigns, we will produce a 25% increase in HIV/AIDS knowledge and a 10% increase in ABC (Abstinence, Be Faithful and Use Condoms).

6) Evaluation and Dissemination Plan

During the initiation of the project we will survey 10 people from each of five sections of the village with an HIV/AIDS knowledge, attitudes and behavior questionnaire.  (See the appendix for questionnaire). At the end of the year we will re-do the questionnaire with the 50 people to measure for changes in knowledge, attitudes and behavior.  We will also do group discussions with the caretakers, village leaders and other groups to both review the year and plan the next year.  PACT USA has agreed to publish our HIV/AIDS community education manual which is being updated and modified, to make it available to other organizations and communities globally. ICAI has an international conference in Guatemala in August 2004,which will have an HIV/AIDS track. That will be an opportunity to share what we have learned with organizations from many countries and to learn from their successes.  

7) Collaboration with Other Organizations

In our Phase I launch projects we have developed relationships with the governments, and health resources, as well as civil society organizations (churches, service organizations, etc.). These relations will continue and be deepened..



ICA Budget

Project Revenue	Source	Total Project	 % of Project 





TOTAL REVENUE	 (proposed) 
) 	100,000
   20,000
   10,000
     3,333

$133,333
	75%
15%
  7.5%
2.25%


Project Expenses











TOTAL EXPENSES/ GRANT AMOUNT	Personnel
  1/3 ICA Coordinator
  8 ICA Staff @ 600 per  month for 12 months 

Non-Personnel costs (in country)
  Materials and supplies
  Local travel
  Training Week Room and Board
  HIV/AIDS Training Manual
  Communications

Non-personnel costs (USA)

	67,000
    10,000
    57,600


52,400
     20,600
      4,800
     16,000
      4,000
      7,000

13,333
     

133,000	50,700  75%




39,300  75%






10,000  75%


100,000  75%


2005 Work Plan
ICA USA                                                                                                                                                                           April 2004
Quarters	Quarter I	Quarter II	Quarter  III	Quarter I V








Tasks	•	Community Leaders  Meeting      

•	Choosing Caretakers

•	Four One-Week Village HIV/AIDS Training Programs

•	Four Community HIV/AIDS Planning Sessions.

•	Meeting of Caretakers from all Four Villages to Share Work and Learnings	•	Monthly Village HIV/AIDS Family Education Visits

•	Village Plans Implemented and Reported

•	Monthly Village Caretakers Meeting and Planning

•	Quarterly Meeting of Four Village’s Caretakers	•	Voluntary Counseling and Testing Campaign

•	Condom Campaign

•	Youth  and Gender Meetings

•	Monthly Village Caretakers’ Meeting

•	Quarterly Meeting of Four Village Caretakers	•	Four Village’s Caretakers’ Meeting to Review Year and Plan next Year

•	Evaluation of knowledge, attitude and behavior changes

•	Monthly Village Caretakers’ Meetings and Planning

•	Quarterly Meeting of Four Village Caretakers


Indicators
	•	80 Trained HIV/AIDS Caretakers
•	Four Community HIV/Plans	•	350 Family Lessons Given Each Month
•	12 village Projects Started	•	50 Villagers VCT

•	500 Condoms Handed Out/ 350 Demonstrations	•	25% Increase in HIV Knowledge
•	10% Increase in ABC (abstain, be faithful, condoms)

Eight Nations
Totals	•	640 Trained Caretakers
•	16 HIV Plans	•	2800 lessons
•	96 Village Projects	•	400 VCTS
•	4000 Condoms /2800 Demonstrations	
           See Above

 </textarea></td>

	  </tr></table>
	</form></tr></td></table>